giao an tieng anh 8

Now, guess who will show them around the factory and what they will learn from this visit: -Write the Ss’ predictions on the board -T plays the tape and asks Ss to listen while reading t[r]

Preparing day: 12/8/2012 period: Consolidation of English I Mục tiêu: - Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ôn luyện tốt các cấu trúc đã học lớp - Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết - Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: - Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học - Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Check students’ preparation for English in new school year Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and students’ activities Content - T summarizes the content to review Grammar a Present simple tense - T has ss rewrite the structures of the Form: S + is / am / are + O present simple tense(in the notebook/on the board) S + V(s, es) + O - Ss rewrite the structures of the  Adverbs: Usually, often, always, present simple tense sometimes, never, every - T reminds ss of the adverbs to Ex: Hoa (be) is a beautiful girl recognize the tense She (go) goes to school everyda b Present continuous tense Form: S + am / is / are + V-ing + O  Adverbs: now, at the moment, at - T has ss rewrite the structures of the present, at this / that time present continuous tense(in the + look, listen notebook/on the board) Ex: - I (play) soccer now - Ss rewrite the structures of the present continuous tense I am playing soccer now - T reminds ss of the adverbs to - What Nam (do) at the moment? recognize the tense What is Nam doing at the moment? c Future simple tense / near future tense Form: - T has ss rewrite the structures of the future simple tense(in the notebook/on the board) - Ss rewrite the structures of the future simple tense - T reminds ss of the adverbs to recognize the tense S + will / shall + V-inf + O S + be going to + V-inf + O Note: I, We  shall  Adverbs : next (week / year / month), tomorrow, … Ex:- He (visit) his grandparents next week He will visit grandparents next week - What you (do) tomorrow? What will you tomorrow? d Past Simple tense Form: S + was / were + O S + V(Ed, 2) + O - T has ss rewrite the structures of the past simple tense(in the notebook/on the board) - Ss rewrite the structures of the past simple tense - T reminds ss of the adverbs to recognize the tense - T reminds ss of: Adverbs, irregular verbs, regular verbs - Ss notice  Adverbs : yesterday, ago, for, last (week, year, month) Ex: - Where Minh (go) yesterday? Where did Minh go yesterday? - Hoa (be) a new student last year Hoa was a new student last year Vocabulary Adverbs, irregular verbs, regular verbs, and vocabulary had learnt in English Củng cố (5’): I Put the verbs given in brackets in the correct tenses: the past simple, the present simple, the present continuous, or the future simple tense (5m) The school cafeteria (open)………………………… at 7.a.m every day It’s p.m now I (study)……………………………………English I can’t sleep because my sister (listen)……………………………… to music You shouldn’t go out now It (rain)…………………………… Look ! they (climb)……………………………… the tree II: Choose the best answer (5m) She is 14 now She … a birthday party next Sunday a have b has c will have d will has …you …free tomorrow night ? a Are b Will…be c Were…be d Do A : Let’s go to Minh’s house tonight B : OK I …you up at 6.30 a pick b picking c will pick d picked What …you …on your next birthday? a do…do b did…do c are…doing d will…do I …to Ha Noi next month a move b moving c will move d moved Preparing day: 12/8/2012 period: Unit 1: MY FRIENDS GETTING STARTED & LISTEN AND READ I Mục tiêu - Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả miờu tả diện mạo người, biết thêm các hoạt động ưa thích người Grammar - What / does + S + look like? S + is / looks + adj (ngoai hinh) - S + be (not) + adj + enough +to inf + O - Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết - Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: - Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học - Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Check students’ preparation for English in new school year Bài mới(23’) Teacher’s and students’ activities Content Warm up: (8’) - T asks: What did you during the summer vacation? Did you review I Getting started: your English lesson? Did you have any What are these students doing? new friends? a) They are playing soccer - Ss answer b) They are reading books - T asks Ss to look at pictures on page c) They are playing chess 10 and asks: How many people are d) They are playing volleyball there in each picture? What are they doing? - Ss answer ( pictures a, b, c, d) - T asks Ss to work in pairs (ask and answer), describe these groups of friends and their favorite activities II Listen and read Presentation: (15’) - T asks: What you often in your free time? *Vocabulary : Do you play soccer? What are your - seem (v) dường favorite activities after school? - seem +Adj Ex : She seems - Ss answer happy - T asks: Do you remember Hoa ? - Look like : có vẻ Where is she from? - Enough (adv ) : đủ Who does she live with now? - Next- door neighbor (n) Which grade is she in?  Structures: - Ss answer - What do/ does + S + look like? - T introduces: Hoa is from Hue Now S + is/ looks + adj she lives in Hanoi with her uncle and Ex: What does she look like? aunt She is talking to Lan about one of She is beautiful her friend in Hue S + be(not) + adj + enough + to inf You listen to the tape and answer this Ex: She wasn’t old enough to be in my question: What does Hoa talk about her class friend? - T plays the tape “Listen and read”  Ask and answer the questions: - Ss listen a) Nien lives in Hue - After Ss listen, T introduces some b) No, she doesn’t know Nien structures c) She wasn’t old enough to be in my - Ss listen carefully and write notes class Practice: (14’) d) Nien is going to visit Hoa at  Practice with a partner : Christmas Ss work in pairs the dialogue - Ss play the roles to present ( 2-3 pairs)  True/ False statements : T corrects the mistakes _ Nien is Lan’s friend  Checking: _ Hoa and Lan are old enough to - Ss answer the question be in class - Ss remark and correct _ Nien was 11 last year  Keys: _ Hoa said: “Nien is going to visit - F ( Hoa’s friend) her at the new school year” 2-T 3-T 4-F (at Christmas) Củng cố (5’): T asks ss Yes-No questions using the content Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) - Write a paragraph about Nien (5-8 sentences) - Do exercises : 1, page - Learn by heart structures - Prepare : U1-L2: Speak - Listen page 11, 12 V.Tự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng ********************************************** Preparing day: 12/8/2012 Period:3 UNIT: MY FRIENDS SPEAK + LISTEN I Mục tiêu - Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả giới thiệu và cách đối đáp giới thiệu - Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết - Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: - Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học - Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) - Write a paragraph about Nien (5-8 sentences) - Do exercises : 1, page Bài mới(23’) Teacher’s and student’s activities Content I Speak I Speak *Pre-speaking (3’) T uses the picture on page 10, asks Ss:  New-words: How many people are there in the - blond (a) : toc vang hoe picture? Who are they? What you - slim (a) : dang nguoi manh know about Nien? Could you tell me - straight (a) : toc thang more about Nien? - curly (a) : toc quan ,xoan - Ss answer - bald (a) : đtoc hoi - T can give Ss marks if Ss answer - fair (a) : da vang nhat correctly  Networks / Marks : - T introduces: Nien is 12 and small Now you look at the picture and listen ( picture of Mary) - T reads the dialogue on page 11 -Ss listen  Pre-teach:(8’)  Models : - T gives new-words, writes on the - This person is + ( build) board, guides Ss to read, asks the - He/ She has + (hair) meaning *Practice - Ss read after the teacher (chorus,  Word Cue Drill : individually), give the meaning a he / tall / thin - T corrects if necessary He is tall and thin  Checking: b She / short / slim - Ss write again the adjectives about She is short and slim build, hair on the board c He / short / fat - T shows the picture of Mary and He is short and fat describes her build, hair d long / black *Practice(14’) She has long black hair -T prepares cards so that Ss can drill e curly / blond easily She has curly blond hair f straight / brown - Ss complete the cues She has straight brown hair  Listen * Pre - listening: (5’) - T asks Ss to exercise “listen a, b, c, d” on page 12, 13 - T gives Ss some expressions and II Listen make sure the know their meanings a (1) I’d like you to meet * Predictions: (2) Nice to meet you - Ss guess and complete dialogues on b (3) I’d like you to meet page 12, 13, using the given (4) It’s a pleasure to meet you expressions c (5) Come and meet * While - listening: (5’) d (6) How you Sts listen to the tape then complete the dilogues (twice ) - T gives feedback * Post – listening (5’) - T calls Ss to play the roles of dialogues (opened pairs) - T corrects their pronunciation - Ss work in pairs (closed pairs) Củng cố (5’): T reminds Ss how to describe people and the expressions Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) - Describe your friends - Do exercises 3, page 7,8 - Learn by heart new words, models V.Tự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng - Prepare : Unit 1- Read page 13, 14 Preparing day: 12/8/2012 Period:4 UNIT 1: MY FRIENDS READ I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả núi tớnh cỏch bạn mỡnh và người xung quanh Grammar: present simple tense (review) - Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết - Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: - Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học - Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Check students’ preparation for exercise in the workbook Bài mới(21’) Teacher’s and student’s activities Content * Warm up - What are these students doing? Chatting: (play - Ask students to look at four pictures play soccer / play chess / read books / on page 10 and talk about the volley ball) activities they want to after - What time of the day you think it is? school or in their free time (in the morning / evening, after school) - Give them some questions - Do you like soccer / reading books ? * Pre reading - Whom you like playing with? Pre - teach vocabulary: - Checking vocabulary: what and where - a character: (translation) - Write the word on the board, put - an orphanage: (explanation: a place one word in each circle where children without parents live) (Translation) - Have students repeat the words in chorus then rub out word by word but leave the circles - reserved (adj.) - sociable: (adj.) - Go on until all the words are rubbed - (to) tell jokes: (explanation: tell a story out which makes people laugh) - Point to each circle and ask students - sense of humor (translation) to Repeat chorally the English words T asks students to go to the board and a Ba only has three friends - Bao, Song, write the words again in the correct Khai circles b Ba and his friends have the same *While reading characters T /F statements prediction c Bao Song Khai are quite reserved in - T sticks the poster of T / F public, statements on the board and sets the d They all enjoy school and study hard scene: These statements are about Ba and his friends, read them and guess statements are true, which Guess Which Correct are false? F - Gets students to work in pairs F - T asksF students to correct false statements.T *Correction: - T gives feedback - T asks students to open their books Answers: and read the text on page 13 a Ba talks about three of his friends - T lets students check their b Bao's volunteer work does not affect prediction.- T asks students to correct school work false statements c Khai and Song don’t talk much in public - Correction: d Ba's friends sometimes get tired of his jokes Multiple choice *doesn't affect his school work - T gets students to exercise on page 14 *rather shy - T asks them to work in pairs to *get tired of choose the best answers Comprehension questions * Questions and answers: - T explains the meanings of the a How does Ba feel having a lot of phrases- T asks students to work friends? in pairs to exercise on page14 He feels lucky having a lot of friends b Who is the most sociable? - T lets students read the text again Bao is the most sociable and answer the questions c Who likes reading? - T calls on some pairs of students to Khai likes reading ask and answer the questions d What is the bad thing about Ba's - Teacher corrects their jokes? pronunciation His jokes sometimes annoy his friends * Post reading e Where does Bao spend his free time? - T asks all students to work in closed Bao spends his free time doing pairs volunteer work at a local orphanage f Do you and your close friends have - T asks students to work in groups and talk to one another about the same or different characters? students' answer their friends, using the adjectives they have just learnt to describe Củng cố (5’): Ss describe Ba and his friends (briefly Hướng dẫn nhà (5): T ask each student to write a paragraph (about 50 words) about one close friend + Prepare Unit 1: Write – page 15 V.Tự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Preparing day: 14/8/2012 Period:5 UNIT 1: MY FRIENDS WRITE I Mục tiêu - Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả viết thụng tin chớnh thõn mỡnh và người khác Review present simple tense - Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết - Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: - Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học - Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(12) Check students’ preparation for ansering the question:What is your teacher like? Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Ss’ activities Content * Warm up *Matching: A B _T asks Ss to play game Name Tall - Ss play game Age Humorous * Pre-writing Description 14 - T introduces the new word Character Nam - Ss listen and repeat - T explains how to the exercise Address 12 Le Loi street New word: - T has Ss read the information about -Humorous (a) Tam Read the information about Tam and - Ss read the information about Tam answer some questions - T lets Ss read the paragraph about Tam Ex: What’s his name? - Ss read the paragraph about Tam How old is Tam? - T asks Ss some questions Where does he live? - Ss answer What does he look like? - T explains How to the exercise Who does he live with? - Ss listen - T has Ss remind the words about Fill in a similar form for your partner appearance, character Use the following questions as prompts - Ss remind Ex: short (a) Slim (a) - T lets Ss practice (ask and answer Sociable (a) about personal information) Revered (a) - Ss practice, then write the information Ex: *While-writing Name: Ho Nhat My Age:14 - T asks Ss to write a paragraph about Appearance: tall, long black hair their partner Characters: sociable, kind - Ss write Address: 30 Tran Phi street Group work/Pair work Family: Father, mother, younger sister, - T asks some Ss to write their Lan paragraphs on the board Friends: Mai, Tam - Ss write : Now write a paragraph about your - T corrects Ss’ mistakes partner ( Marks ) * Post-writing:write a short paragraph Ss’writing: about your classmate His name’s Ho Nhat My, he’s 14 years old He lives at 30 Tran Phu street with - T asks Ss to describe their close friend his mother, father and younger sister Then T asks each student to write a short He’s tall and … paragraph about him/her write a short paragraph about your classmate Củng cố (5’): Ss read their task before class Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) :- Learn by heart the new word - Do exercise 7/11 - Write another paragraph about one of their family members - Prepare language focus (page 16) V.Tự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Preparing day: 14/8/2012 Period :6 UNIT 1: MY FRIENDS LANGUAGE FOCUS I Mục tiêu - Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ụn lại thỡ: : Simple tenses; Present simple to talk about general truths (not) adjective + enough + to infinitive - Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết - Thái độ: Giup cho học sinh hội khám phá,tự tin ttrong giao tiếp tiếng anh II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: - Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học - Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Write another paragraph about one of their family members Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content * Warm up Present: S + V(es/s) + O - T asks some questions: Have you got Past : S + V(ed/2) + O any close friends? Tell me about them? Complete the paragraphs Use the - Ss answer correct form of the verbs in brackets - T reminds the rules of past and present a lives tenses sent - Ss notice and exercises was is - T has Ss complete the paragraphs b are - Ss complete the paragraphs (pair work) came - T asks Ss to compare their answers showed with their partners introduced - Ss compare their answers with their partners - T asks Ss to give the answers - Ss give the answers - T corrects Ss’ mistakes - T reminds students note the adverbs that are used in present simple, past simple - T has Ss practice the dialogue (pair work) - Ss practice the dialogue - T asks Ss to compare their answer with their partners - Ss compare their answers - T lets some pairs practice the dialogue before the class - Ss practice - T corrects Ss’ mistakes - T asks Ss to look at the picture carefully Then Ss close their books and practice - Ss practice (pair work) - T has some pairs practice - Ss practice in pairs - T corrects Ss’ mistakes - T helps Ss remind the structure (not) adj + enough + to inf Then T gives an example - Ss review the structure - T has Ss the practice the dialogue - Ss practice the dialogue (pair work) - T lets some pairs practice the dialogue before the class - Some pairs practice the dialogues - T corrects Ss mistakes Củng cố (5’): Ss read their task before class Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): - Do exercise in exercise book (at p.9) - T explains the way to the exercises 2.Complete the dialogue using the correct form of the verbs in box You will have to use some verbs more than one Answer keys: (1) sets (2) goes (3) moves (4) is (5) is (6) is Look and describe Look at the picture Answer the questions a) There are four people in the picture b) There is a tall heavy set man, there is a tall, thin woman with short hair there is a boy sitting on the ground holding his head and there is a short man standing across the street c) The man standing next to the taxi is wearing a yellow shirt and black trousers; the woman is carrying a shoulder bag and is wearing a green skirt and red blouse The boy sitting on the ground and holding his head is wearing blue shorts and a white shirt, the man across the street is wearing blue trousers and a pink shirt 4.Complete the dialogue use (not) adjective + enough + to infinitive (b) Hoa: ……………………… Lan: …………Ba is not old enough ……… (c) Hoa: …………………… Lan: ……………… I’m strong enough ………… (d) Hoa: ………………………… Lan: …………………… good enough ………… - Ss listen - Prepare: Unit (Getting Started + Listen and read ) V.Tự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng V.Tự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Preparing day: 18/8/2012 Period:7 UNIT 2: MAKING ARRANGEMENTS Lesson 1:GETTING STARTED & LISTEN AND READ I Mục tiêu - Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả núi dự định tương lai.- be going to + inf - adverbs of place (at, from, … ) - Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết - Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: - Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học - Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(13’) Check students’ preparation for the test Bài mới(21’) Teacher’s & Students’ activities Content -*Warm up :(8’) I Getting started: Tasks Ss to match each object (pictures  Matching: on page 18 ) with its name Answers: - T gives the definitions of these objects a an answering machine on a poster and ask Ss to match the object with its definition - T introduces the situation “Hoa and Nga are talking on the phone They are talking about going to see a movie ” - T asks Ss to guess - Ss give their predictions - T gives feedback - T uses the cassette - Ss listen to the tape - T explains new words/ phrases - Tasks Ss to practice the dialogue in front of the class - SS: Pair work - T gives some questions - Ss answer - T gives feedback - T asks ss some comprehension questions about the dialogue - T asks Ss to play the roles of two Ss who are talking on the phone making arrangement - Ss: pair work b a mobile phone c a fax machine d a telephone directory e a public telephone f an address book  Definition: to send fax to find someone’s telephone number to write address and telephone numbers to make a phone call in a street telephone box to leave and take messages to make phone call anywhere you like Answers: a - 5, d-2 ,b - ,e – 4,c - 1,f - Practice the dialogue with a partner - arrange(v) – arrangement(n) - a bit far form Read the dialogue again Decide who did and said each of the following things Then ask a partner these questions to check your answers *Presentation (10’) Open prediction : a Who make the call? b Who introduced herself? c Who invited the other to the movies? d Who arranged a meeting place? e Who arranged the time? f Who agreed to the time? * While- reading (15’)  Answer (p/19) a Nga b Nga c Nga d Nga e Hoa f Nga Questions (mark) 1.What’s Hoa’s telephone number? Which movie are they going to see? Where? 3.How is Hoa going to see the movies? Where are they going to meet? What time? *.Post- reading(10’) Make arrangements on the phone - go camping - go fishing … Củng cố (5’): Ss practice/ copy the arrangements they’ve made Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): - Write a similar dialogue on your notebooks - Learn by heart the dialogue & new words V.Tự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Preparing day: 16/8/2012 Period:8 UNIT 2: MAKING ARRANGEMENTS Lesson 2:SPEAK AND LISTEN I Mục tiêu - Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đưa hẹn để lại lời nhắn cho người khác Grammar: -Would you like ? -Can I (speak) ? -Is (the time) ok? / All right? -Let’s (meet) /see you - Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết - Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: - Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học - Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) - Write a similar dialogue on your notebooks Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Ss’ activities Content A SPEAK: * Warm up:( 5’) T asks Ss to play game Lucky Number ( mark) Ss give feedback What you say when you want to invite T corrects someone to go? Lucky number Do you have a telephone at home? How often you make a phone call? 5.Lucky Number T asks Ss to predict *.Pre-speaking (10’) Ss work in group _Prediction (1/20) T asks Ss to make a complete * While- speaking(10’) conversation 1.Put the sentences below in the correct order Ss give feedback to make a complete conversation 1.b 7.e T asks Ss to read in chorus (2 2.f 8.k roles ) and then change the role 3.j 9.g Ss work in pairs 4.a 10.h T corrects 5.i 11.d 6.c 2.Complete the dialogue Ba and Bao are making arrangements to play chess…… Answer: 1.May I speak to Ba please, This is Bao I’m fine, thanks, and you? T asks Ss to work with their Can you play chess tonight? partners to complete the dialogue What about tomorrow afternoon? Ss give feedback I’ll meet you at the central chess club T corrects Is 2.00 o’clock OK? *.Post-speaking (5’) Make similar dialogue Using cards cues given Hoa Lu cinema / 6.30 pm / at the front gate T asks Ss to practice / by bike Ss practice the dialogue (pair work) go swimming / 4:30 pm /Ly Tu Trong T corrects swimming pool / by bus play soccer / 1:30 p.m /Hoa Thanh stadium / by bike T asks Ss to guess the message B LISTEN:(5’) Ss work (pair work) * Pre-listening: Give feedback Look at the form of the telephone message on page 21 and set the scene “a woman phoned the principal of Kingston junior high school, but he was out” T uses the cassette *.While – listening ( 5’) Ss listen to the tape twice and fill in Answers the message, compare with their guess Ss work in pairs Ss answer the questions T give feedback Kingston Junior High School Date : Time : For : the principal Message: Mr Mary Nguyen wanted to see you at 9.45 in the morning Telephone number :64683720942 *.Post-listening (3’) Answer some questions What’s the woman’s name? Who did the woman want to see? Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of some steps to make an arrangement on the phone Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) Make an appointment (go shopping, ) Prepare Unit 2: read V.Tự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:……… PERIOD: UNIT 2: MAKING ARRANGEMENTS LESSON : READ I.MỤC TIÊU: Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả biết thêm thông tin phát minh điện thoại Grammar: simple past tense, neither-nor Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II PHƯƠNG PHÁP: Phương pháp giao tiếp III.CHUẨN BI: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV.TIẾN TRÌNH BÀI GIẢNG: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(11’) Check students’ preparation for new words ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(23’) Teacher’s activities T lets students answer the questions by coming to the board and write Have students repeat the words in chorus then rub out word by word but leave the circles Remember to let students repeat before and after rubbing out each word Go on until students can remember the words Ss’ activities Contents Students answer * Warm up the questions by coming to the board and write Possible answers: to have a message Students repeat to call someone before and after to make arrangements rubbing out each to talk to a person who lives far from word to get information at the airport or railway station quickly * Pre-reading Pre-teach Vocabulary (to) emigrate: (example): go to students to write another country to live the words again (to) transmit: (translation) in the correct (to) conduct: (synonym: What’s circles the synonym of (to) carry out) a deaf- mute: (explanation: a person who is unable to hear and speak) Show the poster of T/F statements on the board and ask students to work in pairs and guess which students to read True or false? Check the boxes Correct the false sentences a) F Alexander G Bell was born in statements are true and which are false Have students correct false statements Ask students to look at the book page 22 Get students to read the events of Bell's life and put them in the correct order Ask them to compare with their partners the text on page 21-22 and check their prediction Writing it up: students to write T gets students to a paragraph write a paragraph about Bell's about Bell's life, life, using the using the information information from from the text the text T lets them swap their writings and correct Edinburgh in Scotland b) F He worked with deaf-mute patients in at Boston University c) T d) F Bell and Watson introduced the telephone in 1876 e) F Bell experimented with ways of transmitting speech over a long distance f) T * While - reading Put the events in the correct order - Alexander Graham Bell was born in Scotland went to live in Canada Went to live in the United States worked with people who could neither speak nor hear worked with Thomas Watson 6.Successfully demonstrated his invention Invented the telephone *Post - reading - Suggestion: Alexander Graham Bell was born on March 3rd, 1847 in Scotland He went to live in Canada and then to the U.S.A in 1870s He worked with deaf mutes at Boston University and did experiments with ways of transmitting speech over a long distance In 1876, he and his assistant - Thomas Watson introduced the telephone successfully and in 1877 the first telephone was in commercial use Củng cố (5’): Ss copy the events in order into their notebook Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) Ask students to write the paragraph (they have just written and corrected with their friends) into their notebooks Prepare Unit 2: Write V rót kinh nghiÖm: : ……………………………………………………………………………………… … năm… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Hoàng Việt Hùng Ngày soạn:……… Ngày… tháng PERIOD: 10 UNIT 2: MAKING ARRANGEMENTS LESSON :WRITE I.MỤC TIÊU: Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả viết lại để lại lời nhắn gọi điện thoại Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II.PHƯƠNG PHÁP: Phương pháp giao tiếp III.CHUẨN BỊ: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV.TIẾN TRÌNH BÀI GIẢNG: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Check students’ preparation for new exercise ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s activities *Warm up : (5’) T asks Ss some questions T gives mark *Warm up : (5’) T has Ss look at the message (p.23) T presents some new words vocabulary : T talks to Sts about taking telephone “What should you write when you take a message?” (date, time, name, content…) T has Ss read the message (p.23) and fill in the blanks and then compare the answers Ss’ activities Ss answer Ss listen, repeat and take notes Ss read the message (p.23) and fill in the blanks and then compare Contents * CHATTING Have you got a phone ? Who you often phone ? Who phones you ? What’s your telephone number ? * Read the message Then fill in the gaps in the passage that follows with the information New words: take a message (explanation) leave a message customer (n) (explanation) delivery (translation) stationery (example, explanation) pick someone up ex: what time does your father pick you up? to be out ex: she’s out to be back ex: she’s back with their partners T and Ss check the answers * While-Writing (15’) the answers fill in the blanks with their 1.(tele)phoned May 12 speak / partners talk took name delivery Mr Ha at - Ss work in Now read the passage below Write pairs the telephone message in your exercise book Thanh Cong delivery service Date: June Time: after midday For: Mrs Van Message: Mr Nam called about his stationery order He wanted you to call Ss read and him at 634 082 write the Taken by: Mr Toan message Read the message form on page 23 again, then help Lisa write a message for Nancy Use the information from the Students work dialogue in pairs ANSWER : mark Date: ( ) Time: ( ) For: Nancy Message: Tom called about playing tennis this afternoon He will come over and pick you up at 1.30 Taken by: Lisa T has Ss read the second passage to get information and write the message, then compare the answers with their partners T and Ss check the answers * Post –writing: (8’) T presents the situation of the dialogue by asking Questions “Who are talking? Who makes the phone? Who answers the phone? Who does Tom want to speak to?” T has Sts read the dialogue and write the message, then compare the As with their partners T gives feedback Củng cố (5’): Ss copy all the messages Hướng dẫn nhà (6’) Write the message on your notebooks Do exercise 1,2 (page 23,24 ) prepare language focus V rót kinh nghiÖm: : ……………………………………………………………………………………… Ngày… tháng … năm… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Hoàng Việt Hùng ********************************* Ngày soạn:……… PERIOD: 11 UNIT 2: MAKING ARRANGEMENTS LESSON :LANGUAGE FOCUS + TEST 15 I.MỤC TIÊU: Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ụn lại thỡ tương lai gần,trạng từ nơi trốn Grammar: Review: Simple tenses Present simple to talk about general truths (not) adjective + enough + to infinitive Review : be going to 2.Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II.PHƯƠNG PHÁP: Phương pháp giao tiếp III.CHUẨN BỊ: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV.TIẾN TRÌNH BÀI GIẢNG: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Check students’ preparation for new exercise Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s activities * Warm up: T hangs a poster of the words with disordered letters on the board an tells the Ss that they’re adverbs of place T asks Ss to go to the board and write the meaningful words T makes sure Ss know the meanings of these adverbs T explains some words T asks some questions to check Ss’ understanding and focus on the structure “be going to” T models two cues then asks Ss’ activities Absent Note Contents Ss to go to the  Jumbled words / Marks: board and write a tdeousi = outside the meaningful b siiden = inside words c hetre = there Ss work d erhe = here individually (one e stupairs = upstairsf student one word wonstairds = downstairs Work with a partner Say what the people are going to Follow the example sentence  New words: Ss notice Fishing rods: cần câu Action movie: phim hành động (to) invite sb To somewhere: mời tới đâu 1.Work with a partner Say what the people are going to Follow the example sentence Ex: Nga has a movie ticket T asks some Ss to practice asking and answering T asks the whole class to work in pairs T explains how to T asks some students to practice in front of the class T asks Ss to make the sentences T corrects T hangs a poster of the words with disordered letters on the board an tells the Ss that they’re adverbs of place T asks Ss to go to the board and write the meaningful words T makes sure Ss know the meanings of these adverbs T explains some words T reviews Ss : advs of place T asks Ss to exercise on p.26 T sets the scene : “Ba is playing hide and seek with his cousin, Tuan Use the adverbs of place to complete the speech bubbles” T gives feedback Ss to repeat chorally then individually Ss work in pairs Ss work in group Ss give feedback Ss work individually (one student one word) Ss work in pairs then compare with another pair (group work) She’s going to see a movie a They’re going to go fishing b She’s going to her homework (in Math) d He’s going to watch an action movie on TV tonight e She’s going to give him a birthday present  Complete the list: Model sentences: Are you going to see a movie ? Yes, I am / No, I’m not a) Copy the questionnaire in your exercise book…… a see a movie b play sports c meet your friends d help your mother e your homework f watch T.V b) Now ask your partner what he or she going to Complete……… Complete the speech bubbles Use each adverb in the box once Ba is playing hide and seek with his cousin, Tuan  Answers: a Where is Tuan ? I think he is upstairs b No, he isn’t here c He isn’t downstairs and he isn’t upstairs d Perhaps he’s outside e No, he isn’t there f I’m not outside I’m inside, Ba TEST 15' I Choose the best answer.(3ms) 1- The weather ……… nice yesterday a- is b- was c- will be 2- You seem ………… , peter a- happiness b- happy c- happily 3- What does she look ………… ? a- like b- alike c- likely 4- The weather is warm enough for us …………… a- going out b- to going out c- to go out 5- I am ………… enough to have a lot of friends a- luck b- luckily c- lucky d- has been d- happyly d- likes d- go out d- luckier 6- How many people ……………… in the picture? a- is there b- are there c- there are d- there is II Read the passage carefully (7ms) Nien was Hoa’s next-door neighbor in Hue She is very beautiful She has big brown eyes and a lovely smile Last week, she went to Ha Noi to visit Hoa They travelled around the city and saw a lot of interesting places Nien thinks Ha Noi is beautiful but so noisy and busy, so she doesn’t like to live there Answer the following questions: 1- What does Nien look like? 2- Does Nien have a big brown eyes and a lovely smile? 3- Where did she go last week? 4- Did they travel around the city? 5- Did they see a lot of interesting places? 6- What does Nien think about Ha Noi? 7- Does she like to live in Ha Noi? * Answer keys: I- 0.5 m for each correct sentence b b a c c b II- 1.0 m for each correct sentence She is very beautiful Yes, she does She went to Ha Noi Yes, they did Yes, they did She thinks Ha Noi is beautiful No, she doesn’t Củng cố (5’): Make sentences with structure “ be going to Write sentences about your house , using adverbs of place Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) Learn by heart Advs of place Do exercises 5, page 18, 19 Prepare : Unit 3: Getting started & Listen and read V rót kinh nghiÖm: : ……………………………………………………………………………………… Ngày… tháng … năm… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Hoàng Việt Hùng ********************************* Ngày soạn:……… PERIOD: 12 UNIT 3: AT HOME LESSON 1: GETTING STARTED & LISTEN AND READ I.MỤC TIÊU: Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả mô tả vị trí đồ vật Review: Simple Present, future, modal verbs: must, have / has to, ought to Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II.PHƯƠNG PHÁP: Phương pháp giao tiếp III.CHUẨN BỊ: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV.TIẾN TRÌNH BÀI GIẢNG: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Learn by heart Advs of place Do exercises 5, page 18, 19 ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s activities Ss’ activities T calls Ss to remind the verbs of housework T asks Ss : What is the girl in the first picture doing? Is she doing the washing up? T gives cues: Tidying up Feeding the chicken Cooking Sweeping the floor Washing the dishes Making the bed T asks to write a passage about the chores you often at home by using pictures as prompts T goes around and helps Ss Ss divide into groups Group 1: Group 2: X Each group gives verbs correct -try That group is the winner Contents * Warm up: (5’)  Noughts and Crosses: Clean Cook Wash Tidy Iron Sew Go Feed water shopping Getting started: (10’)  Write the chores you often at home: - What you have to at home? Ss answer then Do you have to sweep the floor? ask and answer Do you have to feed the chicken? in pairs  Matching: a Washing the dishes b Making the bed Ss match c Sweeping the floor if necessary T asks Ss to compare with a partner T calls Ss to read about their writing Others listen and correct Ss work * Presentation: (10’) individually  Checking: T sets the scene of the dialogue between Nam and his mom, Mrs T gets Ss to listen to the dialogue while looking at their books T explains new words * Practice: (15’) Ss listen T corrects if necessary T asks Ss to work in pairs and make a list of the things that Nam has to T explains d Cooking e Tidying up f Feeding the chicken Listen and read:  Pre-teach: a steamer : nồi hấp a cupboard : tủ ly a saucepan : cỏi xoong a sink : bồn rửa bỏt chore (n) : cụng việc nhà  Question word: What and Where Practice the dialogue with a partner Read the dialogue again Complete the list of things Nam has to do: Nam has to: Cook dinner Go to the market to buy fish and vegetables Call his Aunt, Miss Chi and ask her to meet Nam’s mom at grandma’s house Củng cố (5’): Ss make up a new dialogue about the chores they have to at home, using Modals T reminds the chores, how to use Modals: have to, ought to Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) Write 10 sentences, using have to, ought to Learn by heart new words Read again the dialogue page 27 Prepare: Unit 3: Speak (page 28) V rót kinh nghiÖm: : ……………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… ******************************** Ngày soạn:……… PERIOD: 13 UNIT 3: AT HOME LESSON 2: SPEAK I.MỤC TIÊU: Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đưa lời khuyên nên làm gỡ Review: Wh-question Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II.PHƯƠNG PHÁP: Phương pháp giao tiếp III.CHUẨN BI: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học,giáo án… Học sinh: sách, ghi IV.TIẾN TRÌNH BÀI GIẢNG: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Write 10 sentences, using have to, ought to Learn by heart new words …………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s activities T divides the class into teams, shows the picture on page 28 T asks them to study the things in the picture for 30 seconds T takes away the picture and asks Ss to write down as many things as they can remember Which team having more things wins the games T asks Ss the positions of the items in the picture T gives an example T sets the scene:” Mrs Vui bought new furniture for her living-room, but she can’t decide where to put them You should help her to Ss’ activities Contents  Networks: Group A Ss work in pairs (ask Group B? and answer together) Ss ask and answer in Look at the picture Work pairs (opened pairs, with a partner ……… closed pairs) Where is the clock? Ss write in the It’s above the fridge notebooks Where is the fruit? It’s in the bowl Where are the flowers? They’re on the table Where is the rice cooker? Ss to work in pairs, It’s next to the bowl of fruit talking about the Where is the cupboard? position of each item It’s on the wall, above the counter………… Work with a partner and arrange the furniture Ex: - Let’s put the clock on the wall, between the shelf and the arrange the furniture” T asks Ss to look at the picture and arrange (arrange the furniture) T asks Ss to practice speaking If they agree, they use :  OK  You are right If they disagree, they use :  No, I think we’d better / ought to put …  I think it should be … Ss work in pairs while looking at the picture- Ss work in pairs picture OK, I think we ought to put the T.V and the stereo on the shelf I think the coffee table should be between the couch and the armchair Let’s put the telephone next to the couch I think we should put the magazines above the books on the shelf I think the shelf ought to be a one of the corners, opposite the couch Củng cố (5’): T reminds Ss the way to describe furniture in the living-room Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) Describe your living-room, bedroom Learn by heart new words Prepare : Unit 3: Listen (page 30) V rót kinh nghiÖm: : ……………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… Ngày soạn:……… PERIOD: 14 UNIT 3: AT HOME LESSON 3: LISTEN I.MỤC TIÊU: 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nói các công việc nhà và miêu tả vị trí đồ vật Grammar: Modal verb: ought to Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II.PHƯƠNG PHÁP: Phương pháp giao tiếp III.CHUẨN BỊ: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học,giáo án… Học sinh: sách, ghi IV TIẾN TRÌNH BÀI GIẢNG ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period 8A 8B Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Check students’ preparation for new exercise ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s activities T asks some questions All right today we will learn how to cook the fried rice “The special Chinese fried rice” T asks Ss to look at the pictures on page 30 and match these words with the correct pictures T asks Ss to read again these words ( chorus, individually) T points at each picture, asks Ss to read again  Checking: T cleans all words, asks Ss to write again T asks: Now you look at the pictures and guess things used to cook the Special Chinese Fried Rice (in minutes) T asks Ss to stop and compare together (in minute) T asks: Who can write on the board your guessing? A student writes on the board T says: Thank you, now all of you listen to the tape T plays the tape again T asks Ss to write on the board T corrects T asks: After you listen, you choose things from pictures used to cook the Special Chinese Fried Rice How we cook it? T retells how to cook it T asks Ss to work in groups groups of Ss retell and write Ss’ activities Ss answer Ss to look at the pictures on page 30 and match these words with the correct pictures Ss match Ss read again (chorus) Ss from groups write again on the board (one faster is the winner) Clap the hands group Ss guess a1 or a2, b1 or b2, etc… Ss listen and write again Ss listen carefully on the board Contents * Warm up: mark Do you usually have breakfast before going to school? What you often have for breakfast? Do you like to eat fried-rice? Do you know how to make this food? * Pre - listening:  Matching: Chicken and peas Fried A steamer Garlic and onions A pan Noodles Ham and peas Garlic and green peppers  Rub out and Remember: * While - listening:  Predictions: Look at the pictures, check the right item to cook the Special Chinese Fried Rice Guess Listen a a1 b b2 c c2 d d2 * Post - listening: mark  Write-it-up : How to cook the Special Chinese Fried Rice First : use a big pan Then : pour some oil in, wait until it’s hot Next : fry the garlic and the green peppers on the posters Each group retells T asks another groups observe T remarks, gives marks each group T calls a student retells how to cook it A student points at the pictures and retells T gives feedback and marks After that : put the ham and the peas into Finally : put some rice and add some salt in Củng cố (5’): T reminds Ss how to cook the Stir -fried-beef Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) Retell how to cook the Special Chinese Fried Rice Prepare: Unit 3: Read (page 31, 32) V rót kinh nghiÖm: : ……………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… *************************************** Ngày soạn:……… PERIOD: 15 UNIT 3: AT HOME LESSON 4: READ I.MỤC TIÊU: Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đọc hiểu cảnh báo an toàn hộ gia đỡnh Grammar: Why ………? - Because Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II.PHƯƠNG PHÁP: Phương pháp giao tiếp III.CHUẨN BỊ: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV.TIẾN TRÌNH BÀI GIẢNG : ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Check students’ preparation for new exercise ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s activities * Warm up: T remarks and gives Ss how to “Salad” T gives Ss to match (ingredients) to “Salad” Ss match Lecture cucumber carrot salad oil onions salt tomatoes apple  Keys 1-c 5-f 2-e 6-d 3-h 7-a 4-b 8-g  Pre - teach: T reads once T reads again T asks Ss to read one more time (in chorus, individually) T corrects if necessary  Checking : T puts new words all over the board T calls Ss to the front of the class asks them to stand at an equal distance from the board T calls out one of the new words (in Vietnamese) in aloud voice T asks Ss to read the statements and guess which is True, which is False T asks Ss to work in pairs to find out the answers of these questions T gives feedback T asks Ss to work in opened pairs and then closed pairs Ss’ activities Ss remind how to “Salad” Others listen Ss to read one more time (in chorus, individually) Ss listen Ss read after and guess the meaning Ss must run forward and slap the word on the board The one who first slaps the correct word is the winner and gets mark the asks more Ss to come forward, etc … Ss read the poster and check their Predictions Ss correct if the statements are false Ss work in groups Contents  Matching: (Ingredients) a dầu thực vật b cà chua c xa lỏch d tỏo e củ cà rốt f dưa chuột g muối h củ hành New words: a precaution : (translation) a socket : (realia) a match : (realia) an object : (translation) safety (a) : (translation) (to) destroy : (translation) (to) injure : (picture)  Slap the board :  Predictions: *While – reading: True or False? Check () the boxes Correct the false statements: Guess Correct a F b T c F d F e T f T a It is safe to keep medicine in locked cupboard c A kitchen is a dangerous place to play d Playing with one match can cause a fire Ask and answer a Because children often try to eat and drink them b Because the kitchen is a danger -our place c Because playing with one match can cause the fire d Because children often try T asks Ss to work in groups, discussing about the topic to put something into electrical sockets and electricity can kill e Because the dangerous objects can injure or kill children * Post - reading:  Discussion : a Safety precautions in the street b Safety precautions at school Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the question beginning with “BECAUSE” and how to answer it Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) Write again the answers page 32 at home Do exercises 5, page 24, 25 Learn by heart new words Prepare: Unit 3: Write (page 32, 33) V rót kinh nghiÖm: : ……………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………………… Ngày… tháng … năm… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Hoàng Việt Hùng ********************************** Ngày soạn:……… PERIOD: 16 UNIT 3: AT HOME LESSON 5: WRITE I.MỤC TIÊU: Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả mô tả vị trí đồ vật Grammar: Wh - questions Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II.PHƯƠNG PHÁP: Phương pháp giao tiếp III.CHUẨN BỊ: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV.TIẾN TRÌNH BÀI GIẢNG: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Check students’ preparation for new exercise Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s activities  Revision : T calls Ss to remind “Danger in the home for children”  Chatting: T asks St about the room / 32  Pre-teach: T reads once - Ss listen T reads again - Ss read after and guess the meaning T asks Ss to read one more time (in chorus, individually) T corrects if necessary  Checking : T rubs out the new words one at a time Each you rub out a word in English, point to the Vietnamese translation and ask “What’s this in English?” When all the English words are rubbed out, to through the Vietnamese list and get Ss to call out the English words T asks Ss to read the description of Hoa’s room, then ask some comprehension questions  Answers: a There is a desk on the left of the room b The bookshelf is above the desk c There is a window on the right side of the room d the wardrobe is beside the window and opposite the desk T asks Ss to describe Hoa’s kitchen using the given cues Ss’ activities Absent Note Contents Ss write on the * Warm up: Mark board Which room is this? What’s this? Where is it? Ss answer Ss to copy the words into their books and then asks them to close the books- Ss read in silence then answer the questions (individually) then in pairs Ss write (individually) * Pre - writing:  New-words: folder : bỡa cứng (làm cặp giấy) wardrobe: tủ ỏo beneath (adv/adj): phía towel rack : giá treo khăn dish rack : gác đĩa lighting fixture : đèn chùm  Rub out and Remember: Read the description of Hoa’s room (page 32):  Questions: a What is there on the left of the room? b Where is the bookshelf? c What is there on the right side of the room? d Where is the wardrobe? * While - writing: Now write a description This is Hoa’s kitchen There is a refrigerator on the right corner of the room Next to the refrigerator is the stove and the oven On the other side of the oven, there is a sink and next to the T asks Ss to share with their partners T corrects the mistakes sink there is a towel rack The dish rack stands on the counter, on the right of the window an beneath the shelves On the shelves and on the counter beneath the window, there are jars of sugar, flour and tea In the middle of the kitchen, there is a table and there are four chairs The lighting fixture is above the table, and directly beneath the lighting fixture is a vase with flowers Củng cố (5’): - T asks Ss to talk to their partners about their room / living room / kitchen Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) - Write a description of their bed-room / living room - Learn by heart new words - Prepare : Unit 3: Language focus page 34, 35 V.Tự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Preparing day: 20/8/2012 Period:17 UNIT 3: AT HOME LANGUAGE FOCUS I Mục tiêu - Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ôn luyện cách dùng must và have to,đại từ phản thân Grammar: - Modal verbs: must, have to, ought to - Reflexive pronouns - Why … ? - Because - Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết - Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: - Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học - Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Check students’ preparation for new exercise Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content * Warm up: (5’)  Multiple Choice / Marks : I have a lot of _ to do, so I can’t go with you - Ss exercises a homework b home works c homeless Ba has _ close friends a two b three c four d five * Activity 1: (8’) Modal verbs: Must , have to, ought to - T explains how to use : “must, have to” - Must + bare-inf : (phải) diễn đạt tính chất bắt buộc - Ss listen carefully and write notes - Have to + inf : diễn tả bắt buộc / cần thiết Look at the pictures Complete the dialogue Use “must” or “have to” - T asks : “Now you look at the pictures in and the verbs in the box: (1) must / have to tidy your book and the verbs in the box, (2) have to / must dust completing the dialogue by putting “have (3) must / have to sweep to” or “must” in the correct blanks (4) must / have to clean - Ss work in pairs and play the roles the (5) must / have to empty dialogue (6) must / have to feed - T corrects and notices Ss :  Must: bắt buộc người nói  Have to : bắt buộc hoàn cảnh khỏch quan * Activity 2: (9’)  Ought to + inf : (nờn, phải nờn) : - T asks “When we use “ought to” What does it mean? - Ss answer - T asks “You look at the pictures page 35 and use “ought to” to give advice to the people in the pictures” - T gives examples - Ss notices - Ss give advice (individually) - Ss compare with a partner - Ss go to the board and give advice - Ss write in their notebooks - T explains how to use “Reflexive pronouns” - Ss listen khuyờn, đề nghị Ex: I failed my English test You ought to study harder Look at the pictures Use “Ought to” to give advice to these people: b You ought to get up early c You ought to eat more fruit and vegetables d You ought to go to the dentist * Activity 3: (9’) - Reflexive pronouns  Usage: người, vật chịu ảnh hưởng chính hành động mỡnh Complete the dialogues Use the - T asks “Now you work in pairs and reflexive pronouns in the box You complete the conversation by putting the will have to use some of the reflexive reflexive pronouns in the right blank” pronouns more than once: - Ss work in pairs and play the roles a, b, b (1) ourselves c, d, e c (2) myself - T corrects the mistakes (3) yourself d (4) himself (5) herself (6) themselves e (7) yourselves * Activity 4: (12’) Work with a partner Ask and answer questions about Hoa, Nam, Ha, Nga, and Mrs Vui using Why- T asks: “Why did Hoa go to school late Because this morning?” b Why did Nam have to cook dinner? - Ss answer: Because she watched TV late - Because his mom was home late last night c Why did Mrs Vui, Nam’s mom go - T asks Ss to work in pairs - opened pairs home late? - Because she had to visit his - T corrects the mistakes grandma, she was sick - Ss write d Why did Ha fail her English exam? - Because she didn’t learn for her exam She played the computer games e Why didn’t Nga go to the movies? - Because she had to her chores She had to clean the kitchen and sweep the living-room Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the main content of the lesson Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) :- Review all model sentences, grammars in Unit - Do exercises in workbook -Read again all dialogues in language focus (Unit 3) - Prepare : revision for a 45-minute TEST V.Tự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Preparing day:21/8/2012 Period:18 REVISION I Mục tiêu - Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ôn lại kiến thức đó học ba bài vừa qua Grammar(review): - Future simple tense; Past simple tense; Present simple tense - Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết - Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: - Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học - Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Check students’ preparation for new exercise Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and students’ activities Content - T asks ss to go to the board and write * Present simple tense the structures of the Present simple +) S + V/Vs/es tense, Future simple tense, the past - ) S + don’t/doesn’t + V (bare infinitive) simple tense ? ) Do/ Does + S + V (bare infinitive) ? Yes, S + do/ does No, S + don’t/ doesn’t * Future simple tense +) S + will + V(bare infinitive) - ) S + won’t + V (bare infinitive) ? ) Will + S + V (bare infinitive) ? Yes, S + will No, S + won’t * Going to is used the same, but it expresses an intended action * Past simple tense +) S + V2/ed - ) S + didn’t + V (bare infinitive) ? ) Did+ S + V (bare infinitive) ? Yes, S + did No, S + didn’t Exercise I) Put the verb in bracket in the correct - T give exercise for ss to practice tense: - Ss the exercise with the help of the We know it’s true that the sun always teacher (rise) in the East Where they (go) next summer holidays? Phong is good at languages He (speak) five languages very well “You (listen) to music every night? – No, just occasionally When he (arrive) ? – Next Sunday Can we stop working soon? I (start) to feel tired We know that water (boil) at 100 oC The bus is never late It always (leave) on time They usually (grow) coffee in their garden 10 “Why are you turning on the television? – I (watch) the film KEYS rises start Where will… boils speaks leaves Do you listen grow 5.When will he arrive 10.am going to II) Use be going to with the verbs in brackets I (not have) breakfast this morning I’m not hungry Look out! She (fall) off the rail (lan can) Where you (spend) the night tonight? My friend (get) married in August this year You (invite) the newcomer of our class to your party? My hair is dirty I (wash) it A: Why are you turning on the television? B: I (watch) the film Ha misses her father very much She (visit) him next weekend KEYS am going to have am going to wash is going to fall 5.Are…going to invite Are…going to spend am going to watch is going to get is going to visit III) Use the past simple tense to complete the following sentences I (go) to Hanoi months ago Tam (not watch) TV last night Mr Lam (be) ill He (visit) Hue I (buy) this bicycle last year KEYS went didn’t watch was visited bought Củng cố (5’): Grammar(review): - Future simple tense; Past simple tense; Present simple tense Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Prepare revision - Why … ? -Because - Modal verbs: must, have to, ought to - enough; - Reflexive pronouns V.Tự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Preparing day: 21/8/2012 Period:19 THE FIRST ENGLISH TEST I Mục tiêu - Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đánh giá mức độ nhận thức mỡnh ba bài vừa qua - Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết - Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: - Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học - Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Check students’ preparation for new exercise Bài mới(22’) I The matrix: Chủ đề I Language focus II Reading Nhận biết TN TL 10 2.5đ Thụng hiểu TN TL 1.5đ 1,0đ 2.5đ III Writing IV Listening Vận dụng TN TL 2.5đ Tổng 10 2.5đ 2.5đ 2.5đ 2.5đ IILanguage focus: Circle the best answer to complete the sentence: (2,5ms) What’s the matter with Ba ? - He cuts a herself b yourself c himself d itself .mustn’t children play with matches ? - Because playing with matches can start fire a How b What c Why d Where Next to the fridge, there a sink a are b is c am d be Don’t go …… It’s too cold a outside b inside c into d between We ought ……………….the wardrobe in the corner opposite the bed a put b.putting c.to put d puts Would you like …………………… a message ? a to leave b leave c leaving d left He’ll come over to pick you …………… a in b on c up d at They enjoy ………… jokes a to tell b tell c telling d tells th She was born ………………May 16 , 2001 in Nha Trang a in b on c at d up 10 She is going ……………… a movie a see b sees c seeing d to see II Reading: Read the text carefully (2,5ms) Alexander Graham Bell was born in Scotland in 1847, but when he was a young man of twenty-three he moved with his parents to Canada Then he left his family and went to Boston in the United States Though Bell was a dreamer, he was also a practical thinker and a man of action In Boston, where he worked by day as a teacher of the deaf, he worked far into the night experimenting with the electrical transmission of the sound This led to the invention of the telephone 1- Check the sentences True (T) or False (F).(1,0m) a ………… In Boston, he worked as a teacher of the deaf b ………… He moved with his parents to Canada when he was 23 years old 2- Answer the following sentences: (1,5m) a Where was Alexander Graham Bell born ? ……………………………………………………………………………………… b When he left his family, where did he go? c What did he invent? ……………………………………………………………………………………… III Writing Combine, using “be (not) + adj + enough + to inf” (2,5ms) He is strong He can carry the box She is beautiful and intelligent She can become Miss World Mr Hai isn't rich He can't buy a house Binh is not old He can’t drive a car The students are intelligent They can all difficult exercises IV Listening Listen and complete the dialogue : (2,5ms) Hoa: (1) Nga: Can I speak to Hoa, please? This is Nga Hoa: Hello, Nga Nga: I’m going to see the movie Dream City at (2) this evening Would you like to come? Hoa: Of course, but wait a minute I have to ask my aunt and she’s downstairs Hold on OK, Nga Aunt says I can go Oh, where is it on? Nga: At Sao Mai movie theater It’s a bit far (3) your house, I’m afraid Hoa: Well, I know where it is, but I’m using my cousin’s bike tonight Nga: OK, Hoa Let’s meet (4) the theater Hoa: Is (5) .all right? Nga: That’s fine See you at 6.30 Bye Củng cố (5’): Thu bài Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) Prepare: Unit V.Tự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng ***************************************************************** Preparing day:21/8/2012 Period:20 UNIT 4: OUR PAST GETTING STARTED AND LISTEN AND READ :I Mục tiêu - Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả núi kiện quỏ khứ ,phõn biệt kiện với ý kiến cỏ nhõn Grammar: - Used to + V-inf - S + V(ed, 2) + O - Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết - Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: - Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học - Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Check students’ preparation for new exercise Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities * Warm up: (4’) - T asks Ss to look at the picture on page 38 and write the names of the things that not belong to the past - Ss work in groups (2’) Content Getting started: - the TV - the stereo - the mobile phone - the light fixture - modern clothes / school uniforms Listen and read: * Pre - reading: (10’) New words: - (to) look after : (synonym)  Pre - teach : - equipment (n) : (example) - a folktale : (example) - T reads once - Ss listen - T reads again - Ss read after and guess the - traditional (a) : (translation) - a great-grandma : (explanation) meaning - T asks Ss to read one more time (in chorus, * used to: đó  What and Where : individually) - T corrects if necessary  Checking : - T writes each word on the board inside a  T / F statement predictions : circle Rub out the words one by one - T gets Ss to repeat the words including the a Nga used to live on a farm rubbed out words b Nga’s grandma didn’t go to - Ss try to remember all the words school - T asks Ss to read the statements on the c She has an easy and happy posters and predict they are True or False life when she was young - Ss write T if it’s True, F if it’s False d There wasn’t any modern - Ss work in pairs equipment at her time e “The lost shoe” is a short * While - reading: (15’) story - T plays the tape “Listen and read” page 38 - Ss listen - T plays the tape again - Ss listen and check their predictions - T asks Ss to correct the False statements - Ss correct and write on the board - T gives feedback Guess Read Corrections a F - Grandma b T used to live on c F a farm d T - She had a e F hard life - It is an old folktale  Ask and answer the questions : - T has Ss play roles a She used to live on a farm - Ss work in pairs (ask and answer the b Because she had to stay at questions) home and help her mom to look - Ss closed pairs after her young brothers and - T corrects the mistakes sisters - T asks Ss to write the answers in their note- c She used to cook the meals, books clean the house and wash the clothes d Her great grandma used to lit the lamp and her great grandfather used to tell stories e She asked her grandma to tell her the tale “The lost shoe”  Fact or opinion: (6’) F O - T asks Ss to read the statements part on a x page 39 and decide which is a fact and which is b x an opinion c x - Ss work individually d x - T gives feedback e x f x  * Post - reading: (8’) Did you use to … … ? Name - get up late - ride bicycle too fast - T asks Ss some questions to check - go to school late get up late ? - eat too much candy Who used ride bicycle - forget to your to …? homework ……… -Ss answer and write down Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the Past simple tense Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) - Learn by heart new words - Read the dialogue page 38 at home - Do exercises: 1,2 page 27, 28 Prepare: Unit 4: Speak and Listen (page 40, 41) V.Tự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Preparing day: 22/8/2012 Period:21 UNIT 4: OUR PAST SPEAK & LISTEN I Mục tiêu - Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả núi giống ,khỏc sống hàng ngày và quỏ khứ Grammar: Used to + V-inf; simple past tense (review) - Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết - Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: - Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học - Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) In the test Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and students’ activities Content * Warm up: - T gives Ss to ask and  Happy memory : answer the questions about “Happy - What is your favorite childhood memory” memory? - Ss work in pairs - What sports or games did you use to Some pairs of Ss retell their most play when you were younger? favorite * Presentation: - T asks: Where did Nga’s grandma SPEAK: always live? * Pre-speaking - Ss answer : She always lived on a - Where did Nga’s grandma use to live? farm She used to live on a farm - T asks “another word for always  Form: lived” S + used to + inf …… Answer “used to live” S + didn’t use to + inf …… - T asks Ss to use “used to” to make Did + S + use to + inf …… ? question and answer  Use: Used to express a past habit, or an - T explains the form and draws out action usually happened in the past the rules Practice: - Ss notice  Word Cue Drill : - T gives Ss to exercises a live / Hue / Hanoi - Ss exercises - Did you use to live in Hue? No I used to live in Hanoi - T asks Ss compare pictures on b have / long hairs / short hairs page 40, using “used to” to talk about - Did you use to have long hairs? the actions in the past No I used to have short hairs - Ss work in groups ……… * While-speaking: Talk about the way - T asks: “Now you work in pairs, looking at the picture and the words listed talk about differences between life in the past and now by using “used to” - Ss work in pairs - Ss speak (individually) then write in their notebooks things used to be and the way they are now: Picture 1: - Small houses - People work on paddy field - Children play at home - Stack of straw Picture 2: - Big houses and buildings - Car - T guides Ss: “Based on the usage of - Shop “used to”, you work in pairs talking - TV about things you used to and - Traffic lights compare to those at the present In the past now - T has Sts look at choices (a, b, c, d) in the book (p.41) - T teaches some main words  (adj): greedy, foolish  Lay- laid (v), discover (v)  In amazement (exp) - asks Sts to give their but does not correct the Sts’ answers immediately Did the chickens lay many eggs? What did the farmer see one day? What did they decide to with all the chickens? How many gold eggs did they get after killing the chickens? Answers - T asks Sts to give their answers and T gives the correct answers at once - T plays the tape the 3rd time - T gives some True- False statements The farmer lived a comfortable life He sold eggs to food and clothing They were very happy when they saw the gold eggs They got more gold eggs after killing all the chickens - T corrects the choice (a, b, c, d) - People used to live in small houses Now they live in big houses and buildings - People used to walk to travel Now they can go by car or motorbike - There didn’t use to be electricity in the home Now there is electricity everywhere - People used to work hard all day Now they have a lot of time for entertainment - Children used to stay at home Now they go to school - Children used to play traditional games Now they play computer games - People used to raise cattle them - selves for meat Now they buy it in the supermarket *Post-speaking: Now tell your partner about the things you used to last year : Ex: Last year, I used to get up late Now, I get up early and morning exercises LISTEN - greedy(a): tham lam - foolish (a): ngu xuẩn - lay- laid (v): đẻ trứng - discover (v): phỏt - In amazement (exp)bằng ngạc nhiờn Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the past simple tense by asking ss to remember and write the verbs they hear Go-went; Be-were/was; Discorver-discorvered; Lay-laid; Shout-shouted Finish-finished; Run-ran; Look-looked; Want-wanted; Decide-decided Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) Prepare Unit 4: read V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng *************************** Preparing day: 21/9/2012 Period:22 UNIT 4: OUR PAST READ I Mục tiêu - Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đọc hiểu câu chuyện cổ tích : Simple past tense - Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết - Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: - Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học - Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) * Review of the previous lesson: - T asks some questions about the story “ The golden egg”: Who discovered the golden egg? Who wanted more golden eggs? - Ss answer ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities - * Warm up: (6’) Content - Tấm Cỏm - The frog prince T calls Ss to remind the name some - one hundred - section bamboo folktales that Ss have read - Snow White and Dwarfs - Ss remind - Seven-mile shoes - Ss retell the story “Tấm Cỏm”  New words: - cruel (a): (translation) * Pre - reading: (15’) - upset (a): (synonym) - fairy (n): (translation)  Slap the board / Rub out and  Pre - teach : remember - T gives new-words, writes on the board,  T / F Statement Predictions : guides Ss to read, asks the meaning a Little Pea’s father is a poor farmer - Ss read after the teacher (chorus, b Her father got married again after individually), give the meaning his wife died - T corrects if necessary c Her new mother was beautiful and nice to her d She worked hard all day  Checking : e She didn’t have new clothes to take - Ss guess the predictions with closed part in the festival books - Ss guess which is True, which is False Guess Read Corrections and then share with their partners a T - T gives feedback b T * While - reading: (15’) c F - Her new mom - T reads the story d T was cruel to her - Ss listen “The Lost Shoe” on page 41 e F - A fairy gave and check their predictions her beautiful - T asks Ss to correct the false statements clothes - Ss read in silence “The Lost Shoe”  Gap filling : - T asks Ss to work in pairs, filling in the a Little Pea’s father was a farmer blanks with suitable words from the story b Little Pea’ mother died when she - Ss read aloud was young - T corrects the mistakes c Little Pea had / used to the - Ss work in pairs (ask and answer the housework all day after her father got questions) married again - Ss practice in closed pairs and opened d The prince wanted to marry a girl pairs from Little Pea’s village - T corrects the mistakes e Stout Nut’s mother did not make new clothes for Little Pea f The Prince found Little Pea’s lost shoe * Post - reading: (7’)  Ask and answer the questions : a She was a poor farmer’s daughter - T asks Ss to work in groups, telling the b She made her the chores all story again in details day - Ss can look at the statements in the gap filling exercise and add more - A student retells the story in front of the class - T gives feedback and gives marks for the student c Before the festival started, a fairy appeared and magically changed her rags into beautiful clothes d He decided to marry Little Pea because the shoe fitted her e No, it isn’t Củng cố (5’): T summarizes the story and ask ss to give its moral lesson Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) - Retell the story The Lost Shoe - Prepare : Unit 4: Write page 42,43 V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Preparing day:21/9/2012 Period:23 test correction I Mục tiêu - Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả biết điểm yếu để khắc phục,điểm mạnh để phát huy - Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết - Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: - Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học - Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) ………………………………………………………………………………………… Check students’ preparation for new exercise Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content - T divides ss into small groups and asks I Language focus(4’) them to redo the test again - Ss work in groups Circle the best answer to complete - T call members in each group to give the the sentence: (2,5ms) answer Answer: - T corrects 1-c, 2-c, 3-b, 4-a, 5-c, 6-a, 7-c, 8-c, 9-b, 10-d - T divides ss into small groups and asks them to redo the test again II Reading(5’) - Ss work in groups - T call members in each group to give the Read the text and check the answer sentences True (T) or False (F) - T corrects (2,5ms) - T divides ss into small groups and asks 1-a T, b T them to redo the test again Answer the questions - Ss work in groups a- He was born in Scotland - T call members in each group to give the b- When he left his family, he answer went to Boston in the United States - T corrects c- He invented the telephone III Writing(5’) Combine, using “be (not) + adj + enough + to inf” (2,5ms) Answer: He is strong enough to carry the box She is beautiful and intelligent enough to become Miss World - T asks ss to read the opened dialogue Mr Hai isn't rich enough to buy again a house - Ss read the opened dialogue again Binh is not old enough to drive a - T plays the cassette car - Ss listen The students are intelligent - T calls ss to give the answers enough to all difficult exercise - Ss give the answer (individual) IV Listening(8’) - T corrects - Ss copy Listen and complete the dialogue : (2,5ms) Answer: (1) 847 329 (2) 6.45 (3) from (4) outside (5) 6.30 Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the knowledge above Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Prepare Unit 4: Getting started + listen and read V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng - - Preparing day: 21/9/2012 Period:24 UNIT 4: OUR PAST WRITE I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả viết cõu chuyện cổ tớch Grammar: Simple past tense : S + V(ed, 2) + O Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Call Ss to read the text , answer some questions and write some words ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content * Warm up:  Chatting T asks Ss some questions about Do you want to read imaginary imaginary stories stories? Ss listen and answer Name some of them Which story you like best? Have you ever read the story “How Pre - writing(7’) the tiger got his stripes”?  New words:  Pre - teach (to) burn (V-ed) (to) escape (V-d) T gives new-words, writes on the board, (to) appear (V-d) guides Ss to read, asks the meaning Ss read after the teacher (chorus, individually), give the meaning T corrects if necessary  Checking: T writes the new words in the list on the left hand side of the board T writes the translation on the right hand side of the board T asks Ss to come to the board to match items on the left with those on the right by drawing a line connecting them T asks Ss to work in pairs using suitable verbs to fill in the blanks Ss work in pairs T gives feedback T asks Ss to work in groups (each group: Ss), answer the following questions Ss work in groups (ask and answer the questions) Ss ask and answer in pairs (closed pairs, opened pairs) T corrects the mistakes While - writing(8’) (to) light (V2) - lit (to) tie (V-d) (to) graze (V-d) wisdom: (n) (translation) a straw: (regalia) a servant: (translation) a master: (translation)  Matching: Complete the story Use the verbs in the box: (1) appeared (6) tied (2) was (7) lit (3) said (8) burned (4) left (9) escaped (5) went Comprehension questions: a Where was the man? b What did the buffalo when the tiger appeared? c What did the tiger want to know? d What did he before going home? Why? e What did he when he returned? Answers: a He was in his field b It grazed nearby c The tiger wanted to know why the strong buffalo was the servant and the small man was the master d He tied the tiger to a tree with a rope because he didn’t want it to eat his buffalo e When he returned, he lit the straw to burn the tiger T asks Ss to exercise They have to imagine to be a man in order to write the story T asks Ss to change The man  I His  my Ss write individually then share with their partners and correct the mistakes T takes some writings to correct in front Now imagine you are the man Use of the class the words to write the story Start like this: One day as I was in my field and Post - writing: (7’) my buffalo was grazing nearby, a tiger came It asked why the strong buffalo was my servant and I was its master I told the tiger that I had something called wisdom The tiger wanted to see it but I said that I left the wisdom at T divides the class into teams Team A home that day The tiger wanted to see plays the role of the tiger Team B plays my wisdom Then I tied the tiger to a the role of the buffalo Ss work in team, telling the story T asks a volunteer from each team to tell the story in front of the class tree with a rope because I didn’t want it to eat my buffalo I went to get some straw and I burned the tiger The tiger escaped, but today it still has black stripes from the burns Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the content of the story Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) * Homework: - Write the story again, imagine you are the tiger, the buffalo - Learn by heart new words - Read again the story -Prepare: Unit 4: language focus V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Preparing day: 23/9/2012 Period:25 UNIT 4: OUR PAST LANGUAGE FOCUS I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ụn luyện thỡ quỏ và cỏch dựng giới từ thời gian Grammar: Review: Past simple tense; Prepositions of time ; Used 2.Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Tell again the story in part write ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and students’ activities Content * Warm up Matching T has Ss match each prepositions with In January the time / date / month … On p.m Ss match each prepositions with the At November 1997 time / date / month … Between July 2nd After / Before a.m and a.m a.m In January T gives feedback and corrects Ss’ In November 1997 mistakes On July 2nd Activity : Past simple tense Between a.m and a.m T asks sts to tell form of this tense After / Before p.m T guides Ss to write the Past Simple (+) S +WAS /WERE /V2/Ved form of each verb (-) S +WASN’T/ WEREN’T /DIDN’T Ss write the Past Simple form of each V verb (pair work) (?) WAS/WERE +S ? T corrects if necessary DID +S +V ? Write the Past Simple form of each T asks Ss to play game :Make sentence verb.(10’) with the verb in past tense Answer key: Ss play game b/ flew f/ did j/ sat Ss use Past simple tense c/ took g/ was k/ came T sets the scene: Lan asks Nga about d/ went h/ rode Nga’s yesterday activities e/ had i/ ate Noughts and crosses Ss listen to the T T has Ss complete the dialogue using go come sit the Past Simple be take Ss complete the dialogue using the have ride fly Past Simple (pair work) Complete the dialogue below Use the T asks Ss to compare their answers Past Simple .(12’) with their partners Answer key: Ss compare their answers with their a/ Did you eat rice for lunch? (Lan) partners b/ Ba: ……… T corrects Ss’ mistakes and gives Nam: I rode a bicycle to school marks c/ Minh: Where were you yesterday? T guides Ss how to exercise on d/ Chi: ………… page 44 Ba: I had Math Ss exercise individually then In +Thang /năm /mua /thế kỷ Ex :in compare with their partnersT gives 2000, in the summer , in June feedback and corrects Ss’ mistakes On + thứ /ngày Ex : on Monday , on Activity : Preposition of time May 20 At + Ex : at o’clock , at night T asks Ss to exercise on page 45 Between and Ss exercise (work in pairs) Complete the sentences Use the T has Ss look at pictures on page 45 prepositions in the table using used to with the verbs live- stay- Answer key: have- be to complete the dialogue a/ on b/ in c/ between between Nga and Hoa d/ at … after e/ before Look at the pictures Complete the Ss look at pictures and use used to dialogue Use Used to and the verbs in with the verbs in the box to complete the box the dialogue between Nga and Hoa Answer key: T has Ss practice the dialogue before Hoa: (1) used to have ……… the class Hoa: … (2) used to be ………… Then T corrects Ss’ mistakes Hoa: … (3) …… used to live ……… Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Learn vocabulary and grammar of Unit Do exercises in workbook Prepare: Unit 5: Getting stared + listen and read VTự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Preparing day: 23/9/2012 Period:26 UNIT 5: STUDY HABITS GETTING STARTED & LISTEN AND READ I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả tường thuật lại lời nói người khác,đưa lời dẫn và lời khuyên Grammar: Modal: should Commands, requests and advice in reported speech Vocabulary: (n) report card, semester, Spanish, pronunciation , (adj) proud of , (v) improve, believe 2.Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Do exercises in workbook …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Warm up: (8’) mark T asks Ss to write as many subjects as they can on the board Ss write Content Networks: I. Getting started:(8’) What subject are you good at? Chatting: What subject are you bad at? T asks Ss some questions What subject you like best? Ss answer Why? Ss work in pairs (ask and answer the How often you have Math? questions) Literature? English? T corrects the mistakes 2.Presentation : (15’) II.Listen and read: :(7’) New words: Pre - teach: a report card: (realia) pronunciation (n): (to) improve (V-d): (to) be proud of: Checking: (to) try one’s best: (to) promise (V-d): Rub out and Remember: Practice T / F statements Prediction: Ss listen to the tape and practice the a) Jim was out when his mother called dialogue him T asks Ss to read the statements on poster and predict they are True or False Ss predict : T or F T asks Ss to share with their partners b) Jim’s mother met his teacher at school c) Jim’s report is poor d) Jim needs to improve his Spanish grammar e Jim promised to try his best in learning Spanish T gives feedback Practice : (7’) Guess Corrections T plays the tape “Listen and read” for a F - T was in the living room / at the Ss b T home Ss listen carefully c F T plays the tape again and asks Ss to d F - His report is excellent check their predictions - He needs to improve his T asks Ss to correct False statements e T Spanish pronunciation Ss correct (individually) Answer the questions: (mark ) Ss read in silence” Listen and read” on a Miss Jackson is Tim’s teacher page 46 b She gave Tim’s mother his report T asks Ss to work in pairs, ask and card answer the questions on page 47 c He worked really hard Ss work in pairs d She said Jim should work harder on his Spanish pronunciation e She gave him a dictionary Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): By heart new word, the answers Read again the dialogue at home Do exercises : page 32, 33 Prepare: Unit 5: Speak page 47, 48 VTự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng …………………………………………… Preparing day: 23/9/2012 Period:27 UNIT 5: STUDY HABITS SPEAK AND LISTEN I Mục tiêu 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả hỏi đáp thời gian biểu,nghe hiểu thông tin cá nhân Grammar: Wh-questions, adverbs of manner, Should 2.Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) T asks and Ss answer: a Who is Miss Jackson? – She is Tim’s teacher b.What did Miss Jackson give Tim’s mother? - She gave Tim’s mother a dictionary ……………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content T asks ss to write the ideas on the * Warm up: board Brainstorming Ss write the ideas on the board  How to improve your English: speak English to friends in class watch English T.V listen to the English radio program * Presentation: T asks Ss to look at these questions on I SPEAK(10’) page 48 and answer * Pre - speaking: Ss answer  Work in groups Ask each other about T gives some more subjects your studies Use the questions and words Ss notice and write notes in the boxes to help you: T guides Ss to read them Civic education: mụn GDCD Ss listen and read after (chorus, Technology: mụn CN individually) Watch films in English: xem phim T corrects the mistakes Tiếng Anh Go to the English clubs: đến câu lạc bô T asks Ss to work in groups to ask tiếng Anh and answer the questions Speak to foreigners: nói chuyện với người Ss work in groups nước ngoài T moves around and helps Ss if * While - speaking: necessary a) When you your homework ? after school, after dinner, late at night, etc T guides Ss how to interview their friends Ss interview their partners in groups Then Ss move around and interview their friends in groups T corrects the mistakes T asks Ss to write the commands in their notebooks Ss write T reminds Ss how to write the reported speech Ss listen and write notes T explains: Người vấn là Trung Người vấn là Nam Trung đứng trước lớp núi: Ex) T suggests and SS the exercise Then give the answer T suggests and SS give advice T corrects if necessary T asks Ss to look at “Listen” on page 48 and asks: “What’s this? How many words you know?” Pre - teach: T gives new-words, writes on the board, guides Ss to read, asks the meaning Ss read after the teacher (chorus, individually), give the meaning T corrects if necessary Checking: T explains the content of Sarah Chen’s report card Ss listen Ss predict individually Ss compare in pairs T plays the tape “Listen” Ss listen and check their prediction individually Ss listen again and write notes then read aloud their listening T gives feedback T asks Ss to answer some questions about Sarah Chen’s report card Ss answer in pairs (the whole class b) Who helps you with your home - work ? your parents, your brothers/ sisters, a friend, etc c) How much time you spend on these subjects: Math, Vietnamese, History, English, etc half an hour, two hours, less/ more than an hours, etc * Post - speaking: Minh said she spent two hours studying Math Phong said he needed to improve Literature Ly said she should more grammar exercises * cõu giỏn tiếp động từ lùi quá khứ bậc so với câu trực tiếp Ex: Nam said (that) he spent about one hour studying English everyday II.LISTEN(12’) * Pre - listening: Listen to the dialogue and complete the report card New-words: Marking period: thời gian đánh giỏ Behavior (n): hành vi, thái độ A participant: người tham gia Slap the board: Prediction: a Day present: (1) b Day absent: (2) c Behavior-participant: (3) d Listening: (4)e Speaking: (5) f Reading: (6) g Writing: (7) * While - listening: Keys: (1) 87 (2) (3) S (4) C (5) A (6) A (7) B Comprehension questions: a) Who is Sarah Chen’s Mom? She’s Mrs Chen b) What’s Sarah Chen’s teacher’s name? Miss Blake c) What subject was reported? For what term? English, the first term d) What are the comments? Speaking English quite well However she need to improve her listening skill * Post - listening: A report card Name: ………… Class: ………… Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Learn by heart some words, phrases VTự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Preparing day: 23/9/2012 Period:28 UNIT 5: STUDY HABITS READ (1) I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đọc hiểu thông tin và cách học từ vựng Grammar: Present simple Vocabulary: Noun: Mother tongue Verbs: underline, highlight, come across, and stick Kỹ năng: kỹ đọc Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Review of the previous lesson: No checking ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Checking: T asks Ss some questions about their English learning Ss answer T asks Ss to “Look at your book and have a guess of our today lesson” T writes some words on the board and asks Ss: Do you know it? What does it mean? How you remember them? Ss answer T introduces the lesson : Today, we’ll learn “The way to learn English vocabulary” Pre - teach: T gives new-words, writes on the board, guides Ss to read, asks the meaning Ss read after the teacher (chorus, individually), give the meaning T corrects if necessary Checking: “slap the board ” T asks Ss to work in pairs to make a list of the ways how a language learner and learn new-words Ss make a list in pairs T gives feedback T asks Ss to read statements and check True or False Ss read and guess (closed books) Content *Warm up: (8’) Do you like learning English? How many new-words you try to learn a day? What you when you read a new-word? How you learn/ remember newwords? “The way to learn English vocabulary” * Pre - reading: (10’) New-words: Mother tongue: tiếng mẹ đẻ (to) underline: ( picture ) (to) highlight: làm bật (picture ) (to) come across: tỡnh cờ gặp qua (to) stick: đánh dấu Slap the board: Brainstorming: Ways language learners learn newwords learn by heart translate into mother tongue write each word on one piece of paper and put it into the pocket to learn whenever * While - reading: (17’) True or False Predictions: (page 50) a) T b) T c) T d) F  Keys: a) F : All  Some b) T c) F : tries  doesn’t try d) T  Answer the questions: ( mark ) a) No, they don’t They learn words in the different ways b) Because they help them to remember the use of new-words c) They write examples, put the words and their meanings on stickers, underline or highlight them T plays the tape “Read” page 49 twice Ss look at their books and listen Then Ss correct their predictions T helps Ss to correct the False statements T asks Ss to work in groups to ask and answer questions page 50 T corrects the mistakes Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Learn by heart new-words, the answers Prepare: Unit : Write page 50, 51 VTự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lờ Đỡnh Lượng Preparing day: 23/9/2012 Period:29 UNIT 5: STUDY HABITS READ (2) + TEST 15 I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đọc hiểu thông tin và cách học từ vựng Grammar: Present simple Vocabulary: Noun: Mother tongue Verbs: underline, highlight, come across, and stick Kỹ năng: kỹ đọc Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Review of the previous lesson: No checking ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content Checking: *Warm up: (8’) T asks Ss some questions about their Do you like learning English? English learning How many new-words you try to Ss answer learn a day? T asks Ss to “Look at your book and have a guess of our today lesson” What you when you read a T introduces the lesson : Today, we’ll new-word? learn “The way to learn English How you learn/ remember newvocabulary” words? Checking: “slap the board ” “The way to learn English vocabulary” T asks Ss to work in pairs to make a list of the ways how a language learner and * While - reading: (27’) learn new-words d) Because they want to remember Ss make a list in pairs important words T gives feedback e) Revision is necessary in learning T asks Ss to read statements and check words True or False f) Learners should try different ways Ss read and guess (closed books) of learning words to find out what is T plays the tape “Read” page 49 twice the best Ss look at their books and listen Then Ss correct their predictions T helps Ss to correct the False statements * Post - reading: (8’) marks T asks Ss to work in groups to ask and  Write-it-up: answer questions page 50 make a list of words, their meanings and learn by heart them T corrects the mistakes write simple sentences with newwords TEST 15' I- Complete each of the following sentences by choosing the best option 1- Mai is proud ………… her new dress a- in b- on c- of d- at 2- Mrs Green used …………… on a farm when she was young a- live b- to live c- lives d- lived 3- We must be there ……………… am and 10 am a- at b- before c- between d- after 4- …………… is a story passed on in spoken form from one generation to the next a- Novel b- Fiction c- Folktale d- Legend II- Each sentence has a mistake Find it and correct it 1- Nga used to living on a farm when she was young 2- I didn't went to school yesterday because of my illness 3- Peter was born at June 15th 4- What you did last night? 5- We have to finished our work on time Anwswerkey: I- c b 3.c 4.c 5.b II- 1- Nga used to live on a farm when she was young 2- I didn't go to school yesterday because of my illness 3- Peter was born on June 15th 4- What did you last night? 5- We have to finish our work on time Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Learn by heart new-words, the answers Prepare: Unit : Write page 50, 51 VTự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Preparing day: 23/9/2012 Period:30 UNIT 5: STUDY HABITS WRITE I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả viết lá thư thân mật Grammar: Past and present simple Lunar New Year Festival, enjoyable, (to) celebrate Kỹ năng: kỹ viết 3.Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period 8A 8B Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Ss say the way to study English words: …………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content  Chatting : * Warm up : T asks Ss some questions dealing with Have you ever written a letter to someone? writing letters To whom you usually write? Ss answer What you often write about? * Pre - writing: (7’)  Pre - teach : T gives new-words, writes on the board,  New-words: Lunar New Year Festival: guides Ss to read, asks the meaning Enjoyable(a): Ss read after the teacher (chorus, (to) celebrate: individually), give the meaning  Rub out and Remember: T corrects if necessary  Checking: Look at Hoa’s letter to Tim She wrote it at the end of term Identify the sections Label them with correct letter T introduces the situation  Ordering: Ss listen T asks Ss to put the parts of the letter in A) Opening B) Closing C) The Date the correct order D) Body of the letter E) Signature Ss work in pairs how to write a letter F) Writer’s address Ss write on the board  Answers: T gives feedback 1) – F 4) – D 2) – C 5) - B 3) - A 6) - E  Label: T asks Ss to read the letter on page 51 B : Heading - Writer’s address and the to check their order date Ss read aloud D : Opening - Dear … T corrects the mistakes A : Body of the letter C : Closing - Your friend / Regards / Love  Comprehension questions: a) Who wrote the letter? To whom? Hoa wrote a letter to Tim, her pen T asks Ss to label each section with the pal correct letter b) What are there in the heading? Ss practice individually There are the writer’s name, writer’s address and the date c) What is the main part of the letter? The body of the letter is the main part T asks Ss to work in pairs, ask and d) What did Hoa receive a few days answer some questions ago? Ss work in pairs (ask and answer She received her first semester report together) e) Is Hoa good at Math? No, she isn’t f) What subject is Hoa good at ?T moves around and helps Ss if Science, English and History necessary g) Where is she going to celebrate the T asks Ss to practice asking and lunar new year festival? answering the questions She’s going to Hue to celebrate the Ss ask and answer (closed pairs and festival with her grandmother opened pairs) While - writing: (15’) T corrects the mistakes  Substitution writing:  Answers: 15 Thanh Cong Street Hanoi, June 10 th 2004 Dear Donna, Thanks for your letter I’m glad to hear you had an interesting / enjoyable Mother’s Day We received our second semester T asks Ss to exercise on page 51 report last month I got good grades for Ss have to imagine that they are Lan and Geography; Physics and History results write a letter to her pen pal Donna in were poor My teacher advises me to San Francisco, using the given improve English and History I think I information have to study harder next school year Ss work individually (the whole class In a few weeks, we’re going to write a letter) celebrate the mid Autumn festival That T moves around and helps Ss if is an Autumn moon festival in Vietnam necessary This afternoon, I’m going to Ha Long T asks some Ss to read aloud their letters Bay and with my aunt and uncle by bus and correct the mistakes I’m going to stay there with them until the festival comes I’ll send you a postcard from there Write soon and tell me all your news Best Ss read their letters aloud Lan Post - writing:  Corrections: Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Write a letter to your friend to tell him / her about your second semester report and about your summer holiday VTự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Preparing day: 23/9/2012 Period:31 UNIT 5: STUDY HABITS LANGUAGE FOCUS I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nhận biết và luyện tập câu trực tiếp câu gián tiếp Grammar: Adverbs of manner, Modal: SHOULD, Commands, requests 2.Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(0’) Review of the previous lesson: No checking ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(32’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content T prepares 10 cards with numbers (from * Warm up: (7’) to 10) on one side and the ad/ adv on  Pelmanism the other Ex: soft-softly: that team has mark T explains how to use adj / adv, helps Ss * Presentation: (10’) distinguish the use of adj / adv Adverbs of manner: Ss notice and write notes S + V + adj + N S + be + adj T guides the explanation of the Modal S + V + adv “Should” Use: Adj modifies the noun after it, the T asks Ss to work in pairs to the subject exercise on page 52 Modal: Should S + should + inf … Ss use the adv in the box “softly, well, Use: give an advice fast, badly” to fill in the dialogue Commands, requests: Ss practice the dialogue in opened pairs S + ask/ tell + s.o + to sth and closed pairs * Practice: (20’) T corrects the mistakes Complete the dialogue Use the adverbs of manner in the box: T asks Ss to look at Mr Hao’s house and Answer: answer some questions a well b hard c badly d softly Ss answer Work with a partner Look at the a) Is Mr Hao’s house new? b) Is the wall discolored? c) How is the door? d) Is there grass in his garden? e) Should Mr Hao repair the roof? T gives the question: Ss use the verbs to advice Mr Hao what to Ss answer T explains Ss how to report the sentences Ss listen carefully T asks Ss: What did Miss Jackson say to Tim’s mom? - Ss answer T asks: What did Tim’s mom report it to Tim? Ss exercise on page 53 Ss write on the board Ss work in opened pairs and closed pairs T corrects the mistakes T asks Ss to work with their partners to exercise on page 53 T asks:  What else did Miss Jackson say?  What did Tim’s mom report it to Tim? picture of Mr Hao’s house Use the words in the box Say what should he do: a) No, it isn’t b) Yes, it is c) It is broken d) Yes, there is lots of grass in his garden e) Yes, he should What should Mr Hao with his house? He should repair the roof He should paint the wall He should cut the grass Work with a partner Suggest you are Tim’s mother Report Miss Jackson’s commands and requests in her conversation with Tim’s mom: a) Miss Jackson asked me to wait for her outside her office b) Miss Jackson told me to give you your report card for this c) Miss Jackson asked me to help you with your Spanish pronunciation d) Miss Jackson told me to meet her next week Work with a partner Report Miss Jackson’s advice she gave in her conversations with Tim’s mom: a) Miss Jackson said you should spend more time on Spanish pronunciation b) Miss Jackson said you should practice speaking Spanish every-day c) Miss Jackson said you should listen to Spanish conversation on T.V Ss answer Ss write on the board Ss work in opened pairs and closed pairs Ss write in their notebooks T moves around and checks Ss write or not Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Review: adverbs of manner, Modal: Should, Commands and requests Prepare: U6-L1: Getting started, Listen and read VTự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượ Preparing day: 2/10/2012 Period:32 UNIT 6: THE YOUNG PIONEERS CLUB GETTING STARTED & LISTEN AND READ I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nói dự định kế hoạch tương lai Grammar: Present progressive, Gerunds Vocabulary: (To) enroll, (to) get an application form, outdoor activities 2.Kỹ năng: kỹ nghe, nói Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) T checks Ss’ letters (Ss’ homework) ………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content T asks Ss some questions: *Warm up: Ss answer  What you usually on your T asks: summer holiday?  In Vietnam, which organizations are  Are you members of the Young there for the young? Pioneers and Youth Organization?  What can we when we enroll this * Presentation : (10”) organization? Are these activities  The Y & Y programs: useful for you and the general public? clean up the streets Ss answer help elder people T asks Ss to work in groups take park in sports Ss work in groups to answer the help blind people questions help handicapped children Ss write on the posters their answer collect and empty garbage T gives new-words, writes on the board, plant trees and flowers guides Ss to read, asks the meaning water tree and flowers Ss read after the teacher (chorus, support cultural activities individually), give the meaning Listen and read: (12”) T corrects if necessary Checking:  New-words: T sets the scene: Nga is a student in (to) enroll: (translation) đăng kí grade eight She wants to enroll in the (to) get an application form: mẫu activities for the summer đơn(visual) Ss listen outdoor activities: (explanation) T plays the tape Listen and read Rub out and Remember: * Practice : T corrects the mistakes Practice the dialogue with a partner T asks Ss to work in pairs to complete Complete Nga’s details Nga’s particulars Answers: Ss work in pairs to complete Name: Pham Mai Nga T asks some questions to check their Home address: Tran Phu Street understanding Phone number: Not available What’s her name? Date of birth: April 22, 1989 Where does she live? Sex: Female When was she born? Interests: drawing, outdoor activities, What are her hobbies? acting Củng cố (5’):  Write-it-up: The Y & Y programs: clean up the streets help elder people Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Learn by heart new-words Prepare: Speak + listen VTự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Preparing day: 2/10/2012 Period:33 UNIT 6: THE YOUNG PIONEERS CLUB SPEAK & LISTEN I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả yêu cầu giúp đỡ và đề nghị giúp đỡ người khác Grammar: Modals: can, could, may 2.Kỹ năng: kỹ nghe, nói, Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) T asks Ss some questions:  What you usually on your summer holiday?  Are you members of the Young Pioneers and Youth Organization in your school? …………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content T asks Ss: What you say to ask for a * Presentation: favor? A Speak(12”) Ss answer: Can / Could you help me? Pre- speaking : T asks Ss: When you ask for a Look at the phrases in the boxes Then practice the dialogues with a partners: favor? Asking for favors Responding to Ss answer : Need some help favors T asks Ss: How you say to respond to favor? Can/ Could you Certainly / Of Ss answer : Certainly / Of course / help me, please? course Sure / No Sure / No problem Could you me problem T asks Ss to copy down the following a favor? What can I for phrases I need a favor you? Ss write in their notebooks Can you …? How can I help T moves around and checks Ss write or Could you…? you? not I’m sorry I’m T asks Ss to work in pairs really busy Ss work in pairs the dialogue between * While – speaking Mrs Ngoc and Hoa a) Mrs Ngoc: Ss make similar dialogue Hoa: T asks Ss to listen to the dialogue “Your neighbor needs help tidying his between a receptionist and a tourist yard because he had broken his leg” -Ss answer b) Receptionist:  What does the receptionist say? Tourist: What’s for? “May I help you?”  Another way to offer assistance? For offering assistance Do you need any help?  How you say to respond to Let me help you Yes/ No, Thank you assistance? T asks Ss to copy down the following Offering Responding phrases assistance assistance Ss write May I help you? Yes That’s very T asks Ss to repeat chorally and then kind of you individually all the phrases in the chart Do you need any No, thank you Ss repeat (chorus, individually) help? I’m fine Ss work in pairs the dialogue b page 56 Let me help you I can manage * Post – speaking : Play - roles: “Your aunt needs to buy some T gives another situation: “You want to vegetables because she is busy cooking help a tourist who needs to find the meal” nearest police station because he has “LISTEN(10”) lost money” Pre - listening: Ss work in pairs to make a similar Jumbled words ( words ) dialogue then practice with their untei  unite partners acepe  peace T moves around the class and helps Ss While - listening: if necessary “ Children for our land unite Ss practice the dialogue in front of the Let’s sing for peace class Let’s sing for right Others notice and listen Let’s sing for love between North and South T asks Ss to play Jumbled words Oh children of our land unite T asks Ss to work in groups Children of the world hold hands Ss complete correct words Let’s show our love from place to T asks Ss to guess the words to fill in place the gaps in the song (p/ 56 ) Let’s shout out loud Ss give feedback Let’s make a stand T plays the tape “Listen” Oh children of the world , hold hand ” T corrects the mistakes Post - listening: Ss listen and sing the song Sing the song Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Do exercise: page 38, 39 (Workbook) Prepare: Unit 6: read VTự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng ******************************* Preparing day: 2/10/2012 Period:34 UNIT 6: THE YOUNG PIONEERS CLUB READ I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đọc hiểu để biết thêm thông tin Grammar: Although (conj) like (pre) Vocabulary: citizenship, coeducational, voluntary , lead , establish ,… 2.Kỹ năng: kỹ năng: đọc 3.Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) One or two Ss sing the song in the Part “Listen” ( T doesn’t give Ss marks) ………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ Content activities *Warm up: Jumbled words T asks Ss to play Jumbled words racchtaer  character Ss work in group / teams iojn  join The team which finishes first with mai  aim more right words will win the * Pre - reading: (8”) game * New-words: encourage ( v) T presents new words citizenship ( n) coeducational (adj ) establish = start , create an organization *Rub out and remember T / F statements prediction The boy scout of America is a youth organization Scouting began in America T checks the vocabulary William Boyce is a businessman in London ( rub out and remember ) Boys scouting Association is the biggest T has Ss guess by checking the voluntary youth organization in the world sentences While - reading:( 8”) T asks Ss to read the passage and check T or F T asks Ss to read the passage on page 57 and check if their prediction is correct or not T give feedback T asks them to correct false sentences T explains how to exercise T asks Ss to work in pairs Ss give the answer guess answer T F F F T correction Scout began in E William Boyce is An American businessman BSA is mainly for boys Fill in the missing dates a- 1907 b- 1909 c- 1910 d- 1994 Answer a/ Scouting began in England in 1907 b/ The meeting between a boy scout and Mr William Boyce led to the Scouts Association crossing the Atlantic in 1910 c/ Girls can join in the Girls Guides Association T asks Ss to read the passage and and Camp Fire Boys and Girls then answer the questions d/ They are building characters , good Ss work in pairs citizenship and personal fitness Ss ask and answer to the rest of Post – reading(7”) the class When did Scouting begin? T corrects if necessary In 1907 in England How many members does the Scouting Associations have now? Over 25 million Is it the largest voluntary Youth organization in the world? T gives some questions Yes , of course Ss listen and answer them Are you happy to join the BSA? T corrects if necessary Yes , I’m happy to be a member of this organization Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Learn by heart new-words, the answers Prepare: Unit 6: Write VTự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng ………………………………………………………… Preparing day: 3/10/2012 Period:35 UNIT 6: THE YOUNG PIONEERS CLUB WRITE I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả viết thư kế hoạch dự kiến tương lai Grammar: Review: ‘BE GOING TO” Vocabulary: raise fund, natural resources, coal, oil, iron 2.Kỹ năng: kỹ :viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) When did scouting begin in England? (Scouting began in England in 1907) What led to the Scouts Association crossing the Atlantic in 1910? (The meeting between a boy scout and Mr William Boyce led to the Scouts Association crossing the Atlantic in 1910) ………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content * Pre – writing T asks Ss to play game + Questions : Ss make the sentences using “be going 1/ What members of the Y & Y have to” to in the recycling program? Ex: I’m going to buy a new hat Answer : 1/ They have to collect glass , paper and T presents new words cans to send them for recycling T explains new words Read the passage and complete the letter:(22”) Rub out and remember a/ Who writes the letter? ( Nga ) b/ To whom does Nga write? (Linh ) T asks Ss to read the notice to Y & Y c/ Is Nga a member of Y & Y? ( yes ) members on page 58 d/ What does Nga write to Linh about? T asks Ss to answer some questions She writes about the programs of her Ss work in pains to answer questions school Y & Y that she is going to T corrects if necessary participate in * Answers ( p/58 ) T asks some questions to set the scene Ss answer the questions T asks Ss to work in pairs to fill in the gaps in the letter T asks Ss to answer in front of the class Ss give the answer T corrects if necessary T asks Ss to read the dialogue Ss read it and answer some questions T asks Ss to help Hoa to write a letter to her parents Ss work in groups ( groups ) to write a letter on poster T gives suggested letter T moves around the class and choose four letters from groups T asks them to stick their letters on the board Get the whole to read the letters and correct them Community recycling collect send recycling save raise participating planting 10 helping * While – writing : Reading the dialogue between Hoa  Questions : Why does Hoa look happy? - Because she is able to join in the Y & Y Green Group What are they doing to earn money for their school Y& Y? - They are going to plant young trees to sell to some schools *Suggested letter : Dear Mom and Dad , I’m very happy to tell you that I’m going to join the Y & Y Green Group of my school The Green Group is holding We are going to clean the banks of the lakes on weekends We are going to plant trees and water them every afternoon after class We are planting young trees and plants to sell to other schools We hope that we can give more green color to the city and earn some money for our school Y & Y The program is very interesting and useful, isn’t it? I will tell you more about the group activities later Love Hoa * Post- writing ( Ss’letters ) Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Learn by heart new words See unit 4, 5, for revision VTự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Preparing day: 3/10/2012 Period:36 UNIT 6: THE YOUNG PIONEERS CLUB LANGUAGE FOCUS I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ôn luyện thì đơn với ý nghĩa tương lai Grammar: Present tense with future meaning Gerunds Modals : may , can , could 2.Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết 3.Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(0’) No checking Bài mới(32’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content * Warm up: (7’) T asks Ss some questions about their  Chatting : activities and their summer holidays What you usually on your summer Ss give feedback holiday?? * Activities (15 “) T explains how to use present simple Work with a partner Ask and answer tense with future meaning questions about Y & Y Spring activity We can use the present simple for the Ex : future when we are talking about a Lan: Where we collect and empty timetable , usually a public one , such garbage? as a train timetable Mai :At Dong Xuan Market EX : The match starts at : 30 Lan: When we collect empty garbage? T asks Ss to exercise 1/p.60 Mai : On January T explains how to Lan: What time we start and finish? Ss work in pairs Mai : We start at AM and finish at PM T calls some Ss to practice in front of ( Ss ‘ answer b,c,d ) the class * Gerund Form : V-ing T explains How to use Gerund After: - love, like, enjoy, hate … + V-ing When we use gerund? - on , at, in, to ………….+ V- ing After some verbs and prepositions Work with a partner a) Look at the table Talk about our T asks Ss to exercise (p/61) friends’ hobbies ( p/61) T explains how to A Ba loves playing soccer, but he Ss work in pairs doesn’t like washing up Ss practice their sentences B Lan doesn’t like playing soccer and T calls some Ss to complete their she doesn’t like washing up either sentences Ss ‘ answer T corrects if necessary b) Copy the table into your exercise book Then complete it with information about EX: Do you like playing soccer? Yes, I love playing soccer T asks Ss to complete information No, I hate it about them Work with a partner T asks Ss ask and answer questions a) Use the expressions in the box to ask … with partner Answer : T calls several Ss to practice in front of A …buy a ticket for me? the class B… takes me across the road? T corrects if necessary C … helps me with this math problem? B… water the flowers in the garden T explains How to use Modals May, b) Use useful expressions in the boxes on page 55 to Can, Could … complete the dialogues Then practice the dialogues T asks ss to the exercise 3( p.61-62 ) with a partner.(p/62 Ss give feedback A: May I… B: T explains How to A: Do you need… Ss complete the dialogues B: … me help you … T corrects if necessary A: …very kind… Củng cố (5’) T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Prepare a period-revision for test VTự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Preparing day: 6/10/2012 Period:37 REVISION I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ôn lại các kiến thức đã hoc, ba bai vừa qua Grammar: review Vocabulary: review 2.Kỹ năng: kỹ :nghe, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(0’) No checking Bài mới(32’) Teacher’s and students’ activities Content Past simple tense(8’) T reminds ss the use of the past simple * express past actions tense * yesterday, last (week, year,…), ago are T asks ss to give the structure usually used ss write structure on the board +) S + was/were… T corrects S + V2/ Ved T calls ss to retell the prepositions of - ) S + wasn’t/ weren’t… time they’ve learnt S + didn’t + V (bare infinitive) Ss retell ?) Was/ Were + S…? T takes notes on the board Yes, S + was/ were Ss copy T reminds ss of the use of USED TO No, S + wasn’t/ weren’t Ss listen Did + S + V (bare infinitive) ? T asks ss to give structure Yes, S + did T corrects No, S + didn’t Ss copy Prepositions of time(8’) T reminds ss of the position of adverbs In, on, at, after, before, between of manner +in: -trước buổi, tháng, năm T asks ss to list some adverbs of In June, in 1999, in the morning… manner they’ve learnt Ss list some adverbs of manner T remarks the position Teacher gives ss some exercises ss the exercises in pairs T calls ss to check the answers t corrects ss’ answers Ss copy the correct answer Fill in the gaps with at, on, after or before a I hate doing shopping…Saturday b She passed her driving test…March c It’s ridiculous( buồn cười) the bank closes…2.30 pm d Some people study best…night but I prefer the morning e …Sunday mornings I have coffee and toast for breakfast Answer: a on b in c at d at e On Using the verb USE and the verbs in brackets to complete the sentences a When I was a child, I (go) swimming in the lake b In the army I (get) up at six every morning c When he was a student, he (play) truant.(bỏ học) Answer: a used to go b used to get c used to play *Nhưng: at noon, at midnight khụng in noon, in midnight on: - trước thứ, ngày tháng at: - trước số after/before: trước mốc tgian nào đó between: trước khoảng tgian Used to(8’) * express habit actions in the past +) S + used to + V (bare infinitive) -) S + didn’t + use to +V (bare infi.) ?) Did + S + use to + V (bare infini.)? Yes, S + did No, S + didn’t Adverbs of manner(8’) Softly, well, fast, badly, hard * usually at the end of the sentence S + Ordinary verbs + Adverbs Exercise Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form a I (meet) Lan’s boyfriend last night He’s really cool I know I (like) him a lot b How was Nancy King concert last night? - She (not, sing) She (have) a sore throat c Why were you early for work today? I (not, ride) my bike I (take) the bus instead Answer: a met b didn’t sing/ had c didn’t ride/ took d Did…read e didn’t swim/ sat Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Do exercises in workbook VTự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Preparing day: 6/10/2012 Period:38 THE SECOND ENGLISH TEST I Mục tiêu 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đánh giá mức độ nhận thức mỡnh cac vừa qua 2.Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Làm bài III Chuẩn bị Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Check students’ preparation for new exercise Bài mới(22’) I The matrix: Chủ đề I Language focus II Reading Nhận biết TN TL 10 2.5đ Thụng hiểu TN TL 1.5đ 1,0đ 2.5đ III Writing IV Listening Vận dụng TN TL 2.5đ Tổng 10 2.5đ 2.5đ 2.5đ 2.5đ IILanguage focus Choose the best option by circling the letter A, B, C, or D.(2.5m) Mary was born August 20th , 1991 a to b on c in d at My grandmother didn’t use to school a go b to go c going d went Tim’s report card is excellent, so his mother is very proud him a about b of c on d with My mother long black hair when she was young a has b would have c was having d used to have She asked me late for school any more a am not b not to be c not be d not being His doctor said he in bed that week a will stay b has to stay c can stay d should stay Ba hates broken glasses a gathering b gather c gathers d gathered Can you help me this bag? a carrying b carried c to carry d carry Nam speaks English very a well b good c better d bad 10 We must be there 8.30 and 9.15 a in b between c on d to II/ Reading Read the passage and decide if each of the statements is true (T ) or false (F) (2,5m) Dear Mary, Thanks a lot for your gift I’m very happy to hear that you had a nice holiday in Italy I finished the school year last month, but I’m not very satisfied with my results I got good grades for all the subjects except for English My English teacher said I wasn’t good at it, especially speaking and writing Although I tried my best I couldn’t improve my English Can you show me how to study it well? I’ll be very grateful if you can drop me a few lines about it I hope I can learn a lot from you Write to me soon and tell all your news By the way, send my best regards to your parents Warmest regards, Mai - Mai received a gift from Mary Mary had an enjoyable holiday in Italy Mai is very pleased with the results of her studying - She wasn’t good at English , but she could speak and write it very well She asked Mary to show her how to improve her English III/ Writing Report these sentences: (2.5 m ) Tom’s uncle said: “Please turn off the radio, Tom” 2.The doctor said to Tim: “You should take care of your teeth” Miss Jackson said to me: “You should spend more time on Spanish pronunciation.” Mary said to John, “ Can you carry my suitcase, please?” My teacher said to me: “ Go to the board, please.” IV/ Listening Listen and fill the missing words (2.5 m) Children of our(1)_ unite Let’s sing for peace, Let’s sing for(2) Let’s sing for the(3) between north and south Oh, children of our land unite Children of the world hold hands Let’s(4) our love from place to place Let’s shout our loud, Let’s (5) a stand, Oh, our children of the world, hold hands IV The key answer: I/ 1.b, 2.b, 3.b, 4.d, 5.b, 6.d, 7.a, 8.d, 9.a, 10.b II/ 1.T, 2.T, 3.F, 4.F, 5.T III/ Tom’s uncle asked him to turn off the radio The doctor said Tim should take care of his teeth Miss Jackson said I should spend more time on Spanish pronunciation Mary asked John to carry her suitcase My teacher asked me to go to the board IV/ (1) land, (2) right, (3) love, (4) show, (5) make Củng cố (5’): Thu bài Hướng dẫn nhà (5’) Prepare: Unit VTự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Preparing day: 9/10/2012 Period:39 UNIT 7: MY NEIGHBORHOOD GETTING STARTED & LISTEN AND READ I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả so sánh đặc điểm tính chaatscuar người hay vật,hỏi vafcung cấp thông tin Grammar: present perfect with for and since Vocabulary: close by, serve, pan care, tasty 2.Kỹ năng: kỹ nghe, nói 3.Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Where you live, in the city or in the country? What are there near your house? Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content *Warm up T asks Ss to match the names of * Presentation : places with the suitable pictures Listen and read: (12’) Ss match them  New-words: T asks for their meaning to make sure - close by ( adv ) at a short distance Ss know exactly what they mean - serve ( v ) : give somebody food or drink Rub out and Remember:/ what & where T presents new words Pancake close by serve Ss give meaning tasty try Questions : What will you help your new T checks vocabulary “what & where ” neighbor? Are you ready to help him / her? Ss answer Structure : Present perfect T asks Ss to work in groups S + have/has + PP Ss work in groups to answer the questions - We have been here since last week Ss write on the posters their answer - How long have you lived here? T corrects the mistakes - We have lived here for about 10 years T gives new structure, writes on the  for : a period of time board, guides Ss to how to use  Since: a point of time Ss listen * Practice : (10’) T plays the tape Listen and read T plays the tape again Ss listen Ss work in pairs the dialogue Ss play the roles T corrects the mistakes Practice the dialogue with a partner ( p64) Complete the sentences use the ) * Answer : a) … new… b) … last week c) … tired d) … a restaurant… e) … Hue T asks Ss to work in pairs Ss work in pairs to complete dialogue f) … pancakes… the Questions : How long has Nam lived here? Is Na’s mother tired? What kind of food does the T asks some questions to check their restaurant serve? understanding What is the food like? *Production : T asks Ss to answer some questions Answer the questions : Ss give feedback What are there near your house? T corrects if necessary How long have you lived there? Do you like it? Why? ( people are friendly , the environment is good / safe …) Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Learn by heart new-words Learn by heart the dialogue VTự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Preparing day: 9/10/2012 Period:40 UNIT 7: MY NEIGHBORHOOD SPEAK & LISTEN I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nói thủ tục gửi thư bưu phẩm, biết thông báo nơi công cộng Grammar: - Do you want …? How much is airmail / surface mail? Present perfect tense different from, (not) as as, the same as Verb form Vocabulary: air mail, surface mail 2.Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Do exercises in workbook ………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Ss’ activities T asks Ss to answer some questions ( T shows a letter and asks Ss ) T sets up the situation Mrs Kim wants to send the parcel to Quy Nhơn How does she send it? ( by airmail or surface mail ) T explains new words T reads modals, Ss repeat Ss practice the dialogue with a partner ( pair work ) T asks the questions Ss give feedback T divides the class into four groups Ss look at the following brochure and the information in the box Make similar dialogues Ss work in pairs T checks and gives feedback T asks Ss to work in pairs make similar dialogues T asks Ss to answer some questions T sets up the situation T explains the phrases -T reads modals, Ss repeat Content SPEAK(10’) *Pre-speaking : New words : air mail : mail sent by air surface mail : mail sent by vehicle or ships *Rub out &remember * While- speaking Practice the dialogue with a partner Questions : a How does Mrs Kim send the parcel? b B Why? c How heavy is the parcel? d How much is surface mail? Look at the following brochure and the information in the box Make similar dialogues Group : letter / kon Tum / surface /mail / 20g Group : postcard / HCM city /airmail / 15 g Group : parcel / Ca Mau / airmail / kg Group : parcel / Buon Me Thuot / surface / kg *Post- speaking: - Want / parcel / CanTho - Send / airmail / surface mail / send / airmail - How much / airmail 13.000 VND LISTEN (12’) 1.What’s this? ( an advertisement ) 2.Do you often read advertisements? Ss listen and fill in the blanks Ss listen and compare their answer with their friends’ one Then give the answer Ss give feedback T corrects if necessary Ss listen to the conversation again and check Ss give the answer to the rest of the class Ss use the the information to talk about Na What are they about? Listen *Pre-listening : The advertisements phrases (page 65) * While-listening Listen to the conversation Then fill… The key answer: 1-The Newcomer, 2Town Ground, 3-English Speaking Contest, 4-Culture house Listen to the conversation again … The key answer: a-T, b-F, c-F, d-T, e-T, f-N * Post-listening: Na is new to the neighborhood Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Practice the lesson at home again Prepare the next part: read VTự đánh giá dạy ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng - Ngày soạn 1/12/2012 Period:41 UNIT 7: MY NEIGHBORHOOD READ I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đọc hiểu và trả lời nội dung bài học Grammar: Comparison with the same as, different from Vocabulary: a shopping mail, roof, convenient, air conditioned, resident, selection 2.Kỹ năng: kỹ năng:đọc Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Ss use the correct form of the adjective: a This hat is (cheap) than that one [cheaper] b He is as( tall) as his brother [tall] …………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content *Warm up: Guessing the words : T gives the definitions and gets students to A person who comes to the store find out the words as quickly as possible and buys something ( customers ) A place where you can buy books ( bookstore ) T presents new-words,( use poster to A place where you can buy show pictures, questions explanation …) vegetables and fruit ( grocery store ) guides Ss to read, asks the meaning * Pre - reading: (7’) T corrects if necessary New-words: roof ( n )- convenient (adj ) selection (n ) Checking: rub out and remember Brainstorming T sets the scene: In Nam‘s neighborhood, Customers don’t care of the there is a new shopping mail weather T asks Ss to think about the convenience of the mall by using emindmaps software The convenience of the new shopping mall * While - reading: (8’) True or False Predictions: (page 68) T asks Ss read the text silently and True False compare their ideas or get more a)  information b)  give feedback c)  d)  Then Ss correct their predictions e)  T helps Ss to correct the False statements * Correct false statements : by using poster a / The mall is open daily b / There are 50 stores in the mall Ss ask and answer in pairs c / Not everyone is pleased The T corrects the mistakes owner of the street is not happy Ss work in pairs - read the text and  Answer the questions correct the mistakes together All the shops are under one roof Ss read aloud individually a./ There are 50 air conditioned T corrects the mistakes specialty store, movie theaters and 10 restaurants There is also a children’s play area T asks Ss answer the questi b/ They think the mall will take their T asks Ss to discuss to choose places to business go shopping work group c/ The stores in the mall will offer a T corrects if necessary wider selection of products , some goods are at lower prices * Post – reading : (7’) Cues : Verbs : go , buy , shop , play place : market , supermarkets , shopping mall Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Do the exercise 3,4 (p 45-46 ) exercise book V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy: ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng - Ngày soạn 1/12/2012 Period:42 test correction I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nhận biết điểm mạnh,yếu mình và hướng cần phát huy khắc phục Grammar: Grammar & vocabulary: review 2.Kỹ năng: 2kỹ nghe, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: Câu hỏi và đáp án Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(0’) No checking Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and students’ activities Content T asks ss to the test again I/ Language focus (group/individual work) T calls some ss to check the answers T corrects Ss take notes T has ss read the text again T asks ss check the statements T gets the answers from the ss 1.b, 2.b, 3.b, 4.d, 5.b, 6.d, 7.a, 8.d, 9.a, 10.b (0.25m per each correct answer) II/ Reading 1.T, 2.T, 3.F, 4.F, 5.T (0.5m per each correct answer) III/ Writing Tom’s uncle asked him to turn off the T reminds ss of the grammar note: radio reported speech The doctor said Tim should take care of Ss listen his teeth T asks ss to write the sentences Miss Jackson said I should spend more Ss write the sentences time on Spanish pronunciation t calls ss to check the answers Mary asked John to carry her suitcase Ss give the answers before class My teacher asked me to go to the T corrects board (0.5m per each correct answer) IV/ Listening T asks ss to read the song again and (1) land, (2) right, (3) love, (4) show, (5) has a student sing it (or whole class) make T plays the cassette (0.5m per each correct answer) Ss listen and complete the song T calls ss to check the answers Ss read the answers before class T corrects Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the grammar notes above Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Prepare Unit 7: WRITE V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy: ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn 1/12/2012 Period:43 UNIT 7: MY NEIGHBORHOOD WRITE I Mục tiêu 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả viết lời thông báo Grammar: Language used for writing notices (phrases, request …) Vocabulary: to hold, to contact 2.Kỹ năng: kỹ :viết 3.Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, bài viết mẫu Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) T asks and Ss answer: - What is special about the new shopping mall? – It’s very different from the present shopping area All the shops are under one roof Customers will shop in comfort and won’t notice about the weather - What facilities are available in the shopping mall? – There are 50 air-conditioned specialty stores, movie theaters, 10 restaurants and a children’s play area ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content * Warm up : T asks Ss some questions What is special about the new shopping mall?  Pre - teach : What the small store owners think T gives new-words, writes on the board, about the new shopping mall? * Pre - writing: guides Ss to read, asks the meaning  New-words:  Checking: hold (v) held-held contact (v) T introduces the situation: “ The residents and store owners on Tran Phu  Rub out and Remember: street are going to hold a meeting to Read the community notice(p.68) discuss the effects of the new mall “ Questions : T gets Ss to read the notice and answer a- Why are the residents and store some questions to check their owners on Tran Phu Street understanding going to hold a meeting? b- When will they hold a meeting? What time? c- Where will they hold the meeting? Ss read the passage and answer them Answer : ( individual work ) a- To discuss the effects of the T explains how to write a notice, not new Mall write full sentences b- They will hold the meeting on T asks Ss to read passage on page 68 May 20 at P.M T asks Ss some questions to check Ss’ c- They will hold the meeting at understanding and get them to use short 12 Hang Dao street , Binh ‘s answers hardware store Ss gives feedback While - writing: Use the similar format to write a T gets Ss to write the notice individually notice about the English Speaking ( 2/68) contest below(p.68) T asks Ss to share with their partners Questions and answers : ( pair work) a/ What is the English speaking club T checks some notices and correct them going to hold? ( a speaking contest ) T writes the model notice on the board b/ Where and When will it be held? ( elicit student to write ) ( At hall 204 on November 15 th ) T – whole c/ What time? ( from 7:30 PM to 10: Ss write it 00 PM ) T corrects if necessary d/ Who is the person to contact? ( Tran Thi Thu Hang of class H ) * Post - writing:  Answer : The school English speaking club Holding a speaking contests to T asks Ss to share the notice celebrate Teacher’s Day T checks some notices and writes the Date : November 15 mode Time : 7:30 pm to 10 : 00 pm Place : Hall 204 , building G Please contact Ms Tran Thi Thu Hang of class H at the above address for more information Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the mode to write a notice Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Do exercise 5,6,7 page /46, 47, 48 exercise book Do exercises in workbook V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy: ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn 1/12/2012 Period:44 I Mục tiêu UNIT 7: MY NEIGHBORHOOD LANGUAGE FOCUS Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nhận biết và luyện tập với thì HTHT với since và for Grammar: Present perfect with for and since Comparison with like, (not / as …, (not) the same as, different 2.Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Do exercise 5,6,7 page /46, 47, 48 exercise book ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content * Warm up: mark Matching : T asks Ss to match each verb to its past 1- Match each verb to its past participle participle be > been Ss match them go eaten T remarks live gone eat lived Complete the expression Use for or T explains how to use present perfect since tense For + a length of time Form: has / have + Past participle Since + a point of time Use: To talk about something which started in the past and continues up to for five minutes present since January T says: We often use “ For “ and “ since Since 1990 “ with the present perfect tense Since the Summer T asks Ss to exercise Complete the sentences Use the T corrects if necessary present perfect form of the verbs in T explains how to and asks Ss to brackets exercise a- …have lived … Ss it ( pair work ) b- … haven’t eaten … T calls several Ss go to the board c- … haven’t seen … Ss complete the sentence d- … have attended … T corrects if necessary e- … has worked … T explains how to and asks Ss to f- … has collected … exercise Complete the conversation Use the Ss it ( pair work ) correct form of the verbs in the box T calls several Ss go to the board 1… have been 2…hope Ss complete the sentence 3… have lived … is … T corrects if necessary 5…want 6…looks 7…have been…8 …have seen… T explains how to use comparative of Look at the pictures Complete the equality and of inferiority sentences Use the words in the box as + adj / adv + as You will have to use some words more not as + adj / adv + as than once And different adjectives Answer : ( not ) the same as c/ different from / different from not as/ so cheap as like d/ the same as Ss give feedback e/ as / cheap/ expensive as not as big as T asks Ss to the exercise f/ different from T explains how to g/ as long as Ss give feedback h/ not as modern as T corrects i/ not as / so cheap as Củng cố (5’): Correct the sentences : 1.My book is the same of you -> as 2.I have met him in the street -> met How long have you living here -> lived Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Review present perfect tense and comparative adjective Prepare Unit 8: Getting started + Listen and read V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy: ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Ngày soạn 6/12/2012 Period:45 UNIT 8: COUNTRY LIFE AND CITY LIFE GETTING STARTED & LISTEN AND READ I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nói khác hai nơi chốn, địa điểm, kế hoạch dự định tương lai Grammar: present progressive To talk about the future To show changes with get and become Vocabulary: a relative , peaceful , permanently, accessible , medical facilities 2.Kỹ năng: kỹ nghe, đọc 3.Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Write new words ……………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’): Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content *Warm up: (5ms) *Chatting - mark T asks Ss to answer the questions  Answer : Where you live ? Ss answer Where you been to the Some groups of ss make a list of the countryside ? differences between the countryside Do you want to live in the city or and the city in the country ? why ? City life Country life Possible answers: T shows a picture (a village in the Tall building fresh food country) and introduces the dialogue Plenty air fresh air “Hoa and Na are talking about Polluted air friendly T asks questions about the dialogue Traffic jam peaceful Where did Na go? Entertainment beautiful views What are Hoa and Na talking about? busy (The differences: country life in the * Presentation : (15ms ) mark old day/ present)- city life Students listen to the tape + listen & repeat Listen and read: T introduces the new words T presents new words Ss give meaning  New-words: relative ( n) : ( uncles , aunt , cousins) peaceful ( a ) = quiet and calm T checks vocabulary “what & where ” T plays the tape Listen and read Ss listen Ss work in pairs the dialogue Ss play the roles T corrects the mistakes T asks Ss to work in pairs Ss work in pairs to answer questions Ss give feedback T corrects if necessary permanently ( adv ) ( its means existing all the time) accessible ( a) medical facilities ( n) traffic jam ( n) * Practice : ( 15 ms ) Practice the dialogue with a partner Answer the questions ( p.73) the a- Na has been to Kim Lien village b- She was there for the weekend c- To her, the countryside is peaceful and quiet and there is nothing to d- There is no libraries, no zoos, no movies, no supermarkets, … e- Many remote areas are going electricity, people can now have things like refrigerators and TV ,and medical facilities are more accessible f- students’ answers Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Learn by heart the dialogue Write a short passage about why they prefer the city life or the country life Prepare Unit 8: speak & listen V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy: ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn 8/12/2012 Period:46 UNIT 8: COUNTRY LIFE AND CITY LIFE SPEAK & LISTEN I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nói thay đổi diễn xung quanh Grammar: Present progressive tense, Comparative 2.Kỹ năng: kỹ nghe, nói 3.Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Ss read the dialogue then answer the questions: a Where has Na been? (Na has been to Kim Lien village) b How long was she there? (She was there for the weekend ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content T asks Ss to find adjectives *Warm up: T divides the class into teams * Matching : T asks Ss to go to the board and circle play a table tennis the word they find b a program The team which circles more words watch c to Mom will win the game go d my ant Mrs Hang T gives mark clean e a meeting have f to violin lesson T sets the scene: H " oa's grandmother is phone g my homework 78" speak h the house KEY : T asks students to make a sentence _ a , – g , – b , – f about her health – h , 6–e,7–d ,8 -c T explains the form use of the *.Present Present Progressive Tense - Five years ago, she was 73 and she was stronger than she is now T asks Ss to look at two large size * Hoa's grandmother is getting weaker pictures (p 73) T has one Ss to describe picture A, • Form: am / is / are + V -ing another one B • Use: used to describe changesT can write some descriptions on the with "get" and "become" board SPEAK A: The traffic was quiet Practice Work with a partner Look at the two pictures S.B: The traffic is getting busier and talk about the changes of the town The S.A: The houses were small S.B: The houses are getting more word prompts in the box may help you A B modern Quiet Busy Ss: Pair work: Speak about the Traffic Small Tall changes of the town, following the House pictures Vehicles Bicycles Motorcycles T goes around and observes, makes and cars any correction if necessary Sight Not Beautiful T has some pairs talk in front of the beautiful class Trees Fewer More green T asks Ss “Tell me some changes in green trees trees your town/ school/ house?” Free practice T has Ss work in groups of to Answer : express their opinions The traffic is getting busier T asks students to work in groups and There are more tall buildings and houses talk about changes in their hometown/ The house are getting more modern neighborhood The town is becoming more beautiful T calls on volunteer from each group There are more green trees to show their ideas before the The streets are becoming cleaner / large / class Other groups can add in their noisier ideas Goods are getting more expensive Work with a partner Talk about T asks Ss to look at the pictures and changes in your hometown LISTEN then introduces the conversation While- listening between Lan and her aunt, Hang Question: What is the main idea of the TASK 1: T says: Listen to the tape (1st time) to conversation?Key: coming 11 afternoon draw out the main idea of the that this week 12 speak conversation It’s arriving 13 my Ss listen Where 14 get T asks some students for the answer Thursday and corrects (if necessary) from 10 late TASK 2: Post-listening T says: Listen to the tape (2nd time) Questions- Answers and fill the missing words Who does Lan speak to? Aunt Hang Ss listen and fill in the blanks Where is Lan phoning from? Hue TASK 3: What is Lan doing next week? T says: Listen to the tape again (3rd  Visit Lan’s aunt, Hang time) and check the answers in pairs When is Lan arriving? Thursday Ss listen and check the answers Do you intend to visit your aunt/ T corrects uncle? Yes/ No T asks Ss to practice the conversation When are you visiting her/ him? in pairs  Tomorrow/ next week/ next year … Ss work in pairs (closed, adjacent, open) Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Write sentences, using present Progressive tense Prepare Unit 8: read (p 75) V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy: ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng **************************** Ngày soạn 6/12/2012 Period:47 UNIT 8: COUNTRY LIFE AND CITY LIFE READ I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ụn luyện thỡ quỏ và cỏch dựng giới từ thời gian Grammar: Review: Past simple tense; Prepositions of time ; Used 2.Kỹ năng: kỹ đọc, viết 3.Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Write sentences, using present Progressive tense ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content * Warm-up: T asks Sts some questions- Sts answer Do you like in the city or in the the questions country ? What is the difference between the countryside and the city ? T shows a picture of the countryside, a * Pre-Reading picture of the city and raise some Qs: New words: “Where is it? Is it in the countryside or migrant (n) dõn di cư in the city?” typhoon (n) [tai'fu:n]: trận bóo lớn · Sts answer “in the drought (n) [draut]: nạn hạn hỏn countryside”& “in the city” “Do you think that now many people move to live in the city?” · Sts answer “Yes” “Why?” · Sts answer “to get good job/to earn money/to have better life” T presents the words T uses pictures to explains new words T reads new words , Ss repeat T Checks vocabulary “ What and where ” T has Sts check the As Then T has Sts listen and repeat all the words and give Vietnamese meanings T has some Sts read the new words to check their pronunciation T has Sts work in groups and fill in the summary (1/p.75) Sts work in groups and give the As T and Sts check the As T has Sts look at the exercise (p.75), then read the text and find the words Sts work in groups, then give the As Sts read and find the As Then ask and answer in pairs Some pairs ask and answer the Questions T explains some more details through the Sts’ Answer to help Sts understand the text struggle (v)(n) with : đấu tranh rural ( adj ) ['rurəl]: thuộc nụng thụn strain (n): quỏ tải (dõn số) well – paying job (n) * While-reading Complete the summary Use information from the passage leaving home city rural city problems schools hospitals problem 10 world Find the word in the passage that means: Answer: a rural b plentiful c increase d strain e tragedy f urban * Answer the Questions: MARK 1.Why many people from the rural areas move to the city? 2.Is life in the country so hard? Why? Do the farmers often look for other work when they need more money? 4.What happens when too many people move to the city? 5.What happens to the migrants’ families? 6.What are the governments trying to do? * Key : Because they believe that well-paying jobs are plentiful in the city Yes, it is Because life is always a struggle with nature 3.Yes, they Increase in population put a strain on schools and hospitals, water and electricity supplies and increase in T asks Ss to discuss Ss work in groups Ss give feedback T asks volunteers from groups to show their ideas before the class pollution They sometimes have to live apart They are trying to provide facilities for these migrants * Post – reading Discussion : If you were a Minister , what would you for farmers ? Answer : build streets , theatres , stadium Build schools , hospitals Provide clean water , electricity Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Learn by heart new words Write things that the government should for the rural areas Prepare: Write V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy: ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng ************************* Ngày soạn 6/12/2012 Period:48 UNIT 8: COUNTRY LIFE AND CITY LIFE WRITE I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả viết lá thư kể sống nơi mình Grammar: Present simple Vocabulary: words about country life and city life 2.Kỹ năng: kỹ năng: viết 3.Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ,bài mẫu Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Write things that the government should for the rural areas ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content * Warm up : (5’) T asks Ss to play game Noughts and crosses Ss play “ noughts & crosses ” Look library weekend T corrects if necessary forward interesting village far with write Small T gives situational questions house T asks Ss to answer the questions * Pre - writing: (5) EX : Have you ever written a letter ? Who did you write to ? T guides Ss to put the outline in the Do you remember the form of a right order ( exe.1 ) letter ? T corrects if necessary How many parts of a letter are there ? What are they ? * While - writing: (7’) Suggested letter ( Writer’s address ) T asks Ss to discuss the questions in ( Date ) exe ( pair work ) to find out the Dear ,… answers I live in … , a small town My family has a large house with four rooms and a small garden My sister and I share one bedroom From the bedroom window , I can see a beautiful park with green trees flowers and a pond We don’t live far from my school so I usually walk there T asks Ss answer them on the board In my neighborhood , there is a swimming pool and a beautiful park On the weekend , I often go swimming with my friend s Early in the morning , I always jog with my sister around the park , but the thing I like best in my neighborhood is the public library near my school There is not only can study T asks them to use connectors to make and read books but also watch video and the correct answers into a letter learn how to use the computer Group work ( four groups ) Do you have a library like that in your Four groups present on the board neighborhood ? Is there anything interesting in the place where you live ? Write to me I’d like to say goodbye now I’m looking forwards to hearing from you seen Love ( signature ) * Post writing : (5’) T corrects if necessary Write a letter using the words given : a- I / glad / tell /that / I’m going to / interesting activities b- We / are going / clean / lake’s bank / weekend T asks Ss to write a letter using the c- We / plan / trees / flowers / in / words given parks / and water / every EX : Dear … afternoon Củng cố (5’): Students copy the letter Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Write a letter to a friend about your studying Prepare language focus V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy: ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng ************************** Ngày soạn:6/12/2012 Period:49 UNIT 8: COUNTRY LIFE AND CITY LIFE LANGUAGE FOCUS I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ôn luyện các thì HTHT và các dạng so sánh Grammar: Comparative adjective Superlative adjective Vocabulary: review 2.Kỹ năng: kỹ năng: nghe,nói, đọc, viết 3.Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) Learn by heart how to use a letter ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content I Warm up: (5ms) mark T asks Ss to find out short adjectives Brainstorming : and long adjectives they have learnt T divides the class into teams Long adj short adj Ss go to the board and write the adjectives ( work group ) Beautiful tall difficult easy cheap T reminds Ss of the forms of interesting small comparative and superlative comfortable II Activity : adjectives Ss listen how to use and give Read the dialogue Complete the dialogue Use the verbs examples in the present progressive tense T corrects if necessary b) Hoa: …are doing our … c) Mr Nhat: …am watching… d) Lan: …am going… Teacher asks students to use the verbs in the present progressive tense e) Na: are cleaning… f) …am having… to complete the dialogue then Complete the sentences, use the verbs practice with their partners Teacher and adjectives in the boxes Form: S + am / is / are + V-ing asks some pairs to speaking the Use: used to describe changes with “ get ” dialogue before the class and “ become” T explains the form – use of the Answer: present progressive tense b- The old men are getting weak T explains how to c- We should go home It is getting dark T asks Ss to complete the sentences d- The weather is becoming cold Ss them e- The students are getting better T calls several Ss to practice in front f- The school yard is becoming cleaner of the class a- COMPARATIVE : T corrects if necessary - short adj –er + than + object T gives marks T explains how to and asks Ss to exercise 4/p.79 Ss work in pairs Ss comparisons between the city and the country about food, traffic, transport, air,… T calls Ss to practice in front of the class T corrects if necessary T asks Ss to work in pairs / group Ss compare them T calls several Ss to practice in front of the class T corrects if necessary T gives marks - more long adj + than + object b- SUPERLATIVE : The + short adj – est The most + long adj c- IRREGULAR ADJECTIVE Good / well better the best Bad worse the worst Many more the most Little less the least Make comparisons between the city and the country about these things The adjectives in the box will help you Possible answers: a- The food in the city is more expensive than in the country b- The school in the city is bigger than in the country c- Electricity in the city is better than in the country Look at the advertisements Compare the house, the villa and the apartment Use the adjectives in the box Possible answers: The house is more expensive than the apartment The villa is the most expensive The house is smaller than the villa The apartment is the smallest Củng cố (5’): Write the comparative form or superlative form of the words in brackets Sport is politics (chớnh trị)(interesting ) It’s day of the year ( short ) The weather is getting ( bad ) Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Learn by heart how to use comparative and superlative adjectives Prepare unit V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy: ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng *********************************** Ngày soạn 8/12/2012 Period:50 revision I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ụn luyện từ bài đến bài Grammar: Review: Tất ngữ pháp và cấu trúc 2.Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết 3.Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(0’) No checking Bài mới(32’) Teacher’s and students’ activities Content T asks Ss to play game * Warm up : Ss make the sentences use correct Noughts and crosses tenses T corrects if necessary buy read go write live teach leave play * Activities Past simple tense T reminds ss of the past simple tense +) S + V2/ed Ss listen and take notes - ) S + did not (didn’t) + V(bare infinitive) ? ) Did + S + V (bare infinitive)…? Yes, S + did No, So + didn’t Present simple tense +) S + am/is/are… S + V(bare infinitive) T reminds ss of the present simple S + Vs/es tense - ) S + am/is/are + not… Ss listen and take notes S + don’t V(bare infinitive) S + doesn’t +V(bare infinitive) ? ) Am/Is/Are + S ? Yes, S +am/is/are No, So + am not/ isn’t/ aren’t Do + S + V(bare infinitive) ? Does + S + V(bare infinitive) ? Yes, S +does No, So + doesn’t *Recognize by: every (day, ), usually, always, … Present progressive tense +) S + am/is/are + V-ing… - ) S + am/is/are + not + V-ing… T reminds ss of the present progressive ? ) Am/Is/Are + S + V-ing ? tense Yes, S +am/is/are Ss listen and take notes No, So + am not/ isn’t/ aren’t *Recognize by: now, at the moment, look, listen,… Present perfect tense +) S + have/ has + PP… - ) S + haven’t/hasn’t + PP… ? ) Have/ Has + S + PP ? Yes, S + have/has T reminds ss of the present perfect No, So + haven’t/hasn’t tense *Recognize by: since, for, just, … Ss listen and take notes Future simple tense +) S + will + V(bare infinitive)… - ) S + won’t + V(bare infinitive)… ? ) Will + S + V(bare infinitive)… ? Yes, S + will No, So + won’t T reminds ss of the future simple tense Be going to Ss listen and take notes +) S + am/is/are + going to +V(bare infinitive)… - ) S + am not/isn’t/aren’t + going to + V(bare infinitive)… ? ) Am/Is/Are + S + going to + V(bare infinitive)… ? Yes, S + am/is/are No, So + am not/isn’t/aren’t *Recognize by: tomorrow, next (week, Monday,…) Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the structures above Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Prepare next period of revision V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy: ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lờ Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn 9/12/2012 Period:51 revision I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ụn luyện từ bài đến bài Grammar: Review: Tất ngữ pháp và cấu trúc 2.Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết 3.Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) No checking Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and students’ activities T asks ss to list the adverbs of time ss list the adverbs of time T has ss give the rules Ss give the rules of how to use the adverbs T remarks Content Adverbs of time In, on, between, before, after, at a in: in the morning, in the afternoon, in May, in 1999,… b on: on Monday, on May 15,… c between: between 9.00 and 10.00 d before/after: before/after breakfast e at: at 5.00 o’clock, at noon, at night, T has ss give the rules Adverbs of place Ss give the rules of how to use the Inside, outside, there, here, upstairs, adverbs downstairs T remarks Adverbs of manner * The position of adverbs of manner is at the end of the sentence Well, fast, hard, adverbs end with –LY T calls ss to show all the modal verbs Modal verbs they’ve learnt Can, could, should, would, have to ought T asks ss to go to the board and write to,… structures T corrects +) S +modal + V (bare infinitive) -) S + modal + not + V(bare infinitive) ?) Modal + S + V(bare infinitive)…? Yes, S + modal No, S + modal +not Reflexive pronouns T hangs/draws the table as in the next column with the second column is left empty T asks ss to go to the board and complete the table with appropriate reflexive pronouns Ss complete the table T corrects Subject Pro Reflexive Pro I myself We ourselves You yourself/yourselves They themselves He himself She herself It itself Why - question T reminds ss of the Why – question * ask for reason Ss listen and take notes * Because is used to answer Used to T has ss go to the board and write the * habit actions in the past structures +) S + used to + V (bare infinitive) Ss: individual work -) S + didn’t + use to +V (bare infi.) T remarks ?) Did + S + use to + V (bare infini.)? Yes, S + did/ No, S + didn’t Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Prepare next period of revision V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy: ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Ngày soạn 9/12/2012 Period:52 revision I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ụn luyện từ bài đến bài Grammar: Review: Tất ngữ pháp và cấu trúc 2.Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết 3.Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: bài tập bổ trợ, các trò chơi mà học Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(10’) No checking Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and students’ activities T introduces the lesson T gives an example Example: Mrs Lan said: “Send this letter for me” Ss go to the board and report Mrs Lan’s command Note Content Reported speech a Commands and requests S + told/asked + O + to infinitive Ex: She asked me to send this letter for her b Advice S + said + sub Clause Ex: Mr Thanh said I should finish my T gives an example homework before going to bed Example: Mr Thanh said: “You should Gerunds finish your homework before going to (V-ing) bed” * we use this form after: enjoy, like, love, finish, prepositions Ex: I like watching TV Ss go to the board and report Mr Nam loves reading science books Thanh’s advice Adjectives 3.1 Comparatives a Short adjectives T reminds ss of how to use Gerunds S1 + be + adj + er + than +S2 Ex: I am taller than you b Long adjectives T has ss go to the board and write S1 + be + more +adj + than +S2 structures Ex: She is more intelligent than her sister *Note: good – better Many – more Little – less 3.2 Superlatives a Short adjectives S + be + the + adj + est T corrects and gives examples Ss listen and copy Ex: b Long adjectives S + be + the most + adj 3.3 Equal comparison S1 + be +as + adj + as + S2 Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Prepare next period of revision V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy: ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn: 9/12/2012 Period:53 THE FIRST SEMESTER EXAMINATION I Mục tiêu 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đánh giá mức độ nhận thức mỡnh bài học vừa qua 2.Kỹ năng: 4kỹ nghe, nói, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Làm bài III Chuẩn bị Giáo viên:Câu hỏi và đáp án Học sinh: bút viết IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B 2.Kiểm tra(2’) Check students’ preparation for test Bài mới(32’) I The matrix: Chủ đề I Language focus II Reading III Writing Nhận biết TN TL 10 2.5đ Thụng hiểu TN TL 1.5đ Vận dụng TN TL 1,0đ 2.5đ Tổng 10 2.5đ 2.5đ 2.5đ II Language focus Choose the best option by circling the letter a, b, c or d (2.5 m) She is not old enough in my class a is b be c to be d was Quang and Nam are going to the movies tonight a go b goes c to go d went Alexander Graham Bell was born March 3rd, 1847 a in b on c at d from Would you like a message? a to live b live c living d lived You should to the market to buy some fish and vegetables a go b to go c going d goes I will see you the evening a on b at c between d in My father used to on a farm a live b lives c to live d lived Miss Jackson said you work harder on Spanish pronunciation a should b could c may d would We have lived here ten years a since b on c for d in 10 The magazine is not as large the newspaper a so b and c but d as II Reading Read the passage and choose the most appropriate answer A, B, C or D ( 2.5m) How Nam has improved his English In the first year of lower secondary school, I had some difficulties in learning English My English pronunciation was really bad and my English grammar was worse I did not know how to improve them I didn’t want my mother and father to know about this One afternoon after the lesson, my teacher of English told me to wait for her outside the classroom She took me to the school library and showed me cassettes of pronunciation drills kept in a glass bookcase She also told me how to use an English-English dictionary to improve my English grammar “Now I think you know what you should do”, said she I made much progress and only one year later, I won the first prize in the English Speaking Contest held for secondary school students in my hometown What difficulties did Nam have in learning English in the first year? A The pronunciation B The grammar C Both pronunciation and grammar D The way of improving his pronunciation Who want to meet him one afternoon after the lesson? A His teacher B One of his friends C His father D His mother Where did Nam and his teacher go after that? A to the town library B to the school library C to the teachers room D to his house What did the teacher show him then? A A glass bookcase B An English-English dictionary C An English grammar book D Cassettes of pronunciation drills What did Nam win in the English Speaking Contest one year later? A The first prize B The second prize C The third prize D The fourth prize III Writing Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first (2.5m) Ba is not old and he cannot drive a car Ba is not old enough The teacher said to Tim:” Clean the classroom, please.” The teacher asked Tim Miss Jackson said to me:” You should study harder.” Miss Jackson said Mary said to John:” Can you carry my suitcase, please?” Maryasked I want you to carry my bags Couldyou help .? IV Listening Listen and check the sentences True (T) or False (F) (2.5m) Na does not know the neighborhood very well Na doesn’t like movies Na will go to the exhibition this weekend Na won’t go to the English speaking contest Na will go to the soccer club with Nam IV The answer: I Language focus Choose the best option by circling the letter a, b, c or d (2.5 m) 1- c to be -c to go -b on 4- c living 5- a go 6.-d in 7.-a live 8- a should 9-c for 10- d as (0.25m per each correct answer) II Reading Read the passage and choose the most appropriate answer A, B, C or D ( 2.5m) C Both pronunciation and grammar A His teacher B to the school library D Cassettes of pronunciation drills A The first prize (0.5 m per each correct answer) III Writing Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first (2.5m) Ba is not old enough to drive a car The teacher asked Tim to clean the classroom Miss Jackson said I should study harder Mary asked John to carry her suitcase Could you help me carry my bags? (0.5 m per each correct answer) IV Listening Listen and check the sentences True (T) or False (F) (2.5m) 1–T 2- F 3- F 4–T 5- T (0.5 m per each correct answer) Homework: Read and redo the test at home Củng cố (5’): Thu bài Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Prepare:Test correction V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy: ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Ngày soạn 9/12/2012 Period:54 Test correction I Mục tiêu Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nhận biết điểm mạnh,yếu mình và hướng cần phát huy khắc phục Grammar: Grammar & vocabulary: review 2.Kỹ năng: 2kỹ nghe, viết Thái độ: Học sinh có thái độ yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II Phương pháp: Phương pháp giao tiếp III Chuẩn bị: Giáo viên: Câu hỏi và đáp án Học sinh: sách, ghi IV Tiến trình bài giảng: ổn định tổ chức lớp(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(0’) No checking Bài mới(32’) Teacher’s and students’ activities Contents T asks ss to the first part of the test I Language focus in groups of two Choose the best option by circling the Ss: group –work letter a, b, c or d (2.5 m) T calls ss to check the answers 1- c to be Ss show the answers before class -c to go T corrects -b on 4- c living T remarks the grammar notes 5- a go Ss listen and copy 6.-d in 7.-a live 8- a should 9-c for 10- d as (0.25m per each correct answer) II Reading T asks ss to read the text again Read the passage and choose the Ss read the text most appropriate answer A, B, C or D T has ss read the questions below the ( 2.5m) text and explains them if necessary C Both pronunciation and grammar T asks ss to check the answers A His teacher Ss check the answers B to the school library T calls ss to ask and answer the D Cassettes of pronunciation drills questions in pairs A The first prize Ss work in pairs (0.5 m per each correct answer) III Writing Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first (2.5m) Ba is not old enough to drive a car T reminds ss of the grammar notes The teacher asked Tim to clean the t has ss rewrite the sentences classroom Ss work in pairs/individual Miss Jackson said I should study T calls ss to check the answers harder Ss show the answers before class Mary asked John to carry her T corrects suitcase Could you help me carry my bags? (0.5 m per each correct answer) IV Listening T asks ss to read the sentences again Listen and check the sentences True (T) and explains them if necessary or False (F) (2.5m) T plays the cassette (3times) 1-T Ss listen and check 2- F t calls ss to check the answers 3- F Ss show the answers before class 4-T T corrects 5- T Ss copy (0.5 m per each correct answer) Củng cố (5’): T reminds ss of the above knowledge Hướng dẫn nhà (5’): Học sinh ôn tập chuẩn bị kì V.Rút kinh nghiệm dạy: ………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………… Duyệt tổ chuyên môn Lê Đỡnh Lượng I Objectives: - By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to write letters to their friends about their neighborhood II.Language contents: 1.Grammar: Present simple 2.Vocabulary: words about country life and city life III.Techniques: Questions- answers IV.Teaching aids: poster V.Procedures: Greeting and taking attendance Previous lesson No checking New lesson Teacher’s and Students’ activities -T asks Ss to play game - Ss play “ noughts & crosses ” -T corrects if necessary Content * Warm up : (5’) Noughts and crosses Look forward interesting with - T gives situational questions - T asks Ss to answer the questions - T guides Ss to put the outline in the right order ( exe.1 ) - T corrects if necessary -T asks Ss to discuss the questions in exe ( pair work ) to find out the answers - T asks Ss answer them on the board -T asks them to use connectors to make the correct answers into a letter - Group work ( four groups ) - Four groups present on the board - T corrects if necessary library weekend village write far Small house * Pre - writing: (10’) EX : Have you ever written a letter ? Who did you write to ? Do you remember the form of a letter ? How many parts of a letter are there ? What are they ? * While - writing: (20ms ) Suggested letter ( Writer’s address ) ( Date ) Dear ,… I live in … , a small town My family has a large house with four rooms and a small garden My sister and I share one bedroom From the bedroom window , I can see a beautiful park with green trees flowers and a pond We don’t live far from my school so I usually walk there In my neighborhood , there is a swimming pool and a beautiful park On the weekend , I often go swimming with my friend s Early in the morning , I always jog with my sister around the park , but the thing I like best in my neighborhood is the public library near my school There is not only can study and read books but also watch video and learn how to use the computer Do you have a library like that in your neighborhood ? Is there anything interesting in the place where you live ? Write to me I’d like to say goodbye now I’m looking forwards to hearing from you seen Love ( signature ) -T asks Ss to write a letter using the * Post writing : ( 8ms ) words given Write a letter using the words given : EX : Dear … d- I / glad / tell /that / I’m going to / interesting activities e- We / are going / clean / lake’s bank / weekend f- We / plan / trees / flowers / in / parks / and water / every afternoon g- ……… Consolidation: Students copy the letter Homework : ( 2ms ) -Learn by heart how to use a letter -Write a letter to a friend about your studying -Prepare language focus -Preparing day: 23/8/2012 Period:56 UNIT 8: COUNTRY LIFE AND CITY LIFE LANGUAGE FOCUS I Objectives: - By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to use comparative and superlative adjectives II Language contents: Grammar : - Comparative adjective - Superlative adjective Vocabulary: review III Techniques: - Speaking - Writing - Completing IV Teaching aids: - Pictures - Books - Real objects V.Procedures: Greeting and taking attendance Previous lesson No checking New lesson Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content I Warm up: (5ms) mark - T asks Ss to find out short Brainstorming : adjectives and long adjectives they have learnt Long adj short adj - T divides the class into teams - Ss go to the board and write the adjectives - Beautiful - tall ( work group ) - difficult - easy - interesting - cheap - comfortable - small - delicious - poor - convenient - big - accessible - short II Activity : Read the dialogue Now make similar dialogues Use the -T reminds Ss of the forms of shipping information comparative and superlative S1 : Is the boat to Qui Nhon having at 11:30 ? adjectives -Ss listen how to use and give S2 : Is that good fortune ? S1 : That’s right examples S2 : I’m very sorry It’s been delayed -T corrects if necessary S1 : Oh no ! S2 : Now, it’s leaving at 13: 55 EX2 : S1 : Is the boat from CaMau arriving at 11:00 S2 : Are you talking about Dia eyes ? S1: Yes S2 : It’s arriving on time …………………………… Complete the dialogue Use the verbs in the present progressive tense b) Hoa: …are doing our … c) Mr Nhat: …am watching… -Teacher asks students to use the d) Lan: …am going… verbs in the present progressive tense e) Na: are cleaning… f) …am having… to complete the dialogue then practice with their partners Teacher asks some pairs to speaking the dialogue before the class - T explains the form – use of the present progressive tense -T explains how to -T asks Ss to complete the sentences -Ss them -T calls several Ss to practice in front of the class -T corrects if necessary -T gives marks - T explains how to and asks Ss to exercise 4/p.79 - Ss work in pairs - Ss comparisons between the city and the country about food, traffic, transport, air,… - T calls Ss to practice in front of the class - T corrects if necessary Complete the sentences, use the verbs and adjectives in the boxes Form: S + am / is / are + V-ing Use: used to describe changes with “ get ” and “ become” Answer: b- The old men are getting weak c- We should go home It is getting dark d- The weather is becoming cold e- The students are getting better f- The school yard is becoming cleaner d- COMPARATIVE : - short adj –er + than + object - more long adj + than + object e- SUPERLATIVE : The + short adj – est The most + long adj f- IRREGULAR ADJECTIVE Good / well better the best Bad worse the worst Many more the most Little less the least Make comparisons between the city and the country about these things The adjectives in the box will help you Possible answers: a- The food in the city is more expensive than in the country b- The school in the city is bigger than in the country c- Electricity in the city is better than in the country ………… Look at the advertisements Compare the house, the villa and the apartment Use the adjectives in the box Possible answers: - The house is more expensive than the apartment - The villa is the most expensive -The house is smaller than the villa -The apartment is the smallest - T asks Ss to work in pairs / group - Ss compare them -T calls several Ss to practice in front of the class - T corrects if necessary - T gives marks Consolidation: Write the comparative form or superlative form of the words in brackets Sport is politics (chớnh trị)(interesting ) It’s day of the year ( short ) The weather is getting ( bad ) Answer: more interesting than the shortest worse Homework: - Learn by heart how to use comparative and superlative adjectives - Prepare unit - Ngày soạn: 20/12/2012 period 55 UNIT 9: A FIRST – AID COURSE GETTING STARTED & LISTEN AND READ I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh biết đưa lời đề nghị giúp đỡ người khác, hứa hẹn và yêu cầu Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Future simple with “will / shall” Making requests, offers and requests using modal “will” Kỹ năng: nghe, nói,đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 6A 6B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Review of the previous lesson: ……………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’): Teacher’s and Students’ activities Warm up Have Ss play game Kim’s game Have Ss open their books and look at the things on page 80 (20’’) Tell them these things are often used for first – aids The group having the most right English words is the winner Ask Ss to discuss and write down what they would in these situations which require first - aids Content Getting started * Answer key emergency room sterile dressing medicated ice water pack alcohol * Possible answer A girl has a burn on her arm -> use cold water A boy has a bad cut on his leg -> use alcohol medicated oil / sterile dressing A girl has a nose bleed -> use a handkerchief to stop the bleeding / tell Presentation her to lie down A boy has a bee sting -> use a medicated oil Elicit the new words Listen and read Have Ss copy the vocabulary in their New words: notebooks ambulance (draw) Checking technique : slap the board emergency (n) : when we need an ambulance unconscious ( adj) >< unconscious to bleed -> the bleeding When you have a cut, the cut will bleed …? 3.Practice : Practice : Dialogue P/ 80 T plays the tape “Listen and read” for Select the topics covered in the dialogue the Ss ( P/ 81) Ss practice the dialogue (pair work) A , b, c , e , f Ss practice the dialogue in front of the 4.Consolidation : class Complete the paragraph T asks Ss to work in pairs, and answer “There was an emergency at Lan’s the questions on page 81 school A student (1) off her bike and Ss give feedback hit her head on the road She was (2) 4.Consolidation but she cut her head and the (3) was (4) T asks Ss to work in groups badly Lan telephoned Bach Mai T asks Ss to complete the paragraph hospital and asked the nurse to send an T gives feedback (5) to Quang Trung school Lan was asked to keep the students (6) while waiting for the ambulance key: fell bleeding Conscious ambulance cut awake Củng cố(5’) T retell the main content Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Learn by heart new word, and summary Prepare: speak + listen Do the exercise in the workbook 1-2 V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng *********************************************** Ngày soạn: 20/12/2012 period 56 UNIT 9: A FIRST – AID COURSE SPEAK & LISTEN I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh biết đưa lời đề nghị giúp đỡ người khác, hứa hẹn và yêu cầu.Nghe chi tiết các hoạt động sảy phũng cứu thương Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: can, could, will, would to make requests offers, promise I hope so, that would be nice Review Present progressive tense, Present simple tense Kỹ năng: nghe, nói,đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 6A 6B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) T asks ss some questions: Where is Lan? (Quang Trung school) What was wrong with her friend? (she fell off her bike and hit her head on the road She had a bad cut on her head and it’s bleeding quite badly) ……………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content Củng cố(5’) T gives some new situations: I’m tired, You got a bad mark, Your father ‘s got a burn on his arm Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Learn by heart How to make a request , an offer , a promise and responses Do the exercise / 57 , / 58 Prepare Unit 9: Read V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn: 24/12/2012 period 57 UNIT 9: A FIRST – AID COURSE READ I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đọc hiểu và tỡm cỏc thụng tin cần thiết Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: in order to / so as to Kỹ năng: nghe, nói,đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giỏo viờn: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 6A 6B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Ss make requests, offers, promises: Ss’ answers ……………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher ’s and students’ activities Content * Warm up: (2‘) T asks Ss to play bingo Bingo : Ss play the game burn cut Snake bite fainting Bee sting Eye chart Nose bleed shock crutches * Pre Reading: (10”) New words : T presents new words lie flat ( v ) : (mime / drawing ) Ss copy new words elevate ( v ) : (gesture ) T checks technique : rub out and victim ( n ) : ( person who needs first- aid ) remember overheat ( v ) ( make sth too hot ) ( whole class ) tissue damage ( n ) ( translation ) ease = stop ( v ) T draws the network with some Network: let the victim lie down examples on the board T asks Ss to think of what to in these emergency cases T corrects and writes the Ss’ ideas Don’t give the victim any food on the board * While - reading :(10min ) T uses the cassette T asks Ss to open their books and Things Things read the instructions on page 83 CASES should be should not T hangs the poster of first-aid cases done be done and asks Ss to go to the board and FAINTING add the missing information SHOCK BURNS T asks Ss to read the statements on Matching : page 84 and match three leadings A, A  a , c , e B, C to them Bb T asks the question to elicit the C  d answer * Post- reading: Model : A : Why …………………………? B : …… in order to / so as to ……… Answer: CASES FAINTING SHOCK BURNS Things should be done Leave the patient lying flat Elevate the patient’s feet, or lower his/ her head below the level of the heart Give the victim a cup of tea when he/ she revives Cool the burns immediately so as to minimize tissue damage running cold tap Things should not be done Don’t force the victim to sit or stand Don’t let the victim get cold Don’t overheat the victim with blankets and coats Don’t give the victim any food or drink Don’t give the victim drugs or alcohol Ease pain with ice or cold water packs Cover the burns area with a thick sterile dressing Củng cố(5’) Pair work- students practice giving first- aid instructions in some other cases Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Do the exercise 3/56 +5 / 57 ( exer.book ) Prepare Unit 9: Write V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Ngày soạn: 24/12/2012 period 58 UNIT 9: A FIRST – AID COURSE WRITE I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả viết thư các ơn Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: in order to / so as to Kỹ năng: nghe, nói,đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 6A 6B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Ss say the treatments for fainting, shock and burns ( in lesson READ) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities T asks Ss to answer the questions Ss answer the questions Content * Warm up: ( 2”) Ask and answer: a What’s this? T introduces T shows the picture of Nga in the hospital Eliciting questions a What was wrong with Nga? b Where was she? T introduces the situation and asks Ss to complete the thank you note page 84 ( individual) Ss compare their partner feedback/ correction T guides Ss to write a thank you note ( part / 85 ) Ss write the letter Ss compare T calls some Ss to read their writing before the class Feedback / correction T remarks and gives marks b Have you ever written a letter? If yes, when? c Have you ever received a letter? If yes, when? * Pre - writing: ( 7) Complete the thank you Nga sent to Hoa after she left the hospital Use the correct tense forms of the verbs in brackets 1- was 2- were 3- helped 4- cam 5- am 6- will phone * While – writing ( 7) Write a thank- you note to a friend Invite your friend to go on a picnic with you Arrange to contact your friend Use the following questions to guide your writing Dear Nga, T asks Ss to write another letter with Thank you very much for the different occasions books you sent me while I treated T can give them some occasions ( four ) my disease at home They were Group work very interesting and helped me Feedback / correction relax a lot I loved reading them very much Now, I have got over and felt very sad I want to go out to enjoy the fresh air Do you want to go on a picnic with me this Sunday? If yes , I’ll come and pick you up I’ m looking forwards to hearing from you Your friend, Lan * Post writing : ( ) Write another letter to another friend for other occasions Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of how to write a thank-you note Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Write a thank you note on your own Do the exercise 4/56 – /58 Prepare language focus V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Ngày soạn: 24/12/2012 period 59 UNIT 9: A FIRST – AID COURSE LANGUAGE FOCUS I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả luyện tập với in order to / so as to Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: in order to / so as to Review future simple Kỹ năng: nghe, nói,đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 6A 6B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Review of the previous lesson: T checks Ss’ letters ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content *Warm up( 5) T asks Ss to play game “ noughts and crosses ” Ss use future simple tense T remarks and gives marks Noughts and crosses : give open Turn on get hang cut *Activities ( 17) answer pour carry *in order to / so as to T explains how to and asks Ss to In order to / so as to + V( bare – inf ) exercise Match one part of a sentence from Ss it ( pair work ) column A with another part in column B T calls several Ss go to the board Then write a complete sentence by using Ss complete the sentence in order to / so as to T corrects if necessary Example : T gives mark I always keep the window open in order to / so as to let fresh air in Mary wrote a notice on the board in order to / so as to inform her classmates about the change in schedule Mr Green got up early this morning in order to / so as to get to the meeting T explains how to and asks Ss to on time…… exercise * Future simple : Ss it ( pair work ) T calls several Ss go to the board S + Will / Shall + V … Ss complete the dialogue T corrects if necessary Ba is talking to his mother about his T gives mark aunt Mai Complete the dialogue Use the correct word or short form ( 2/86 ) …will… …will… …won’t … Shall … …will… T explains how to and asks Ss to …I’ll… exercise * Modal will to make requests , offers Ss it ( pair work ) and promises T calls several Ss go to the board Nga is helping her grandmother Look Ss complete the dialogues at the pictures and complete the T corrects if necessary sentences Use the words under each T gives marks picture and will a Nga: Are you hot, Grandma? Mrs Tuyet: Yes, Will you open the window, please, Nga? b ….Will you give it … c Will you answer the telephone, … d …Will you turn on the TV, please, e … Will you pour a glass of water … T explains how to and asks Ss to f …Will you get me a cushion … exercise Work with a partner, look at the Ss it ( pair work ) pictures Make requests, offers or T calls several Ss go to the board promises Use the words in the box and Ss complete the sentence will or shall T corrects if necessary T gives mark a Will you empty the garbage can, please? b Will you paint the door, please? / I will paint the tomorrow c Will you study harder, please? / I will study harder…… Củng cố(5’) Complete the second sentence so that it has a meaning to the first Where is the nearest post office? Could you show me the way to the nearest post office? Open the door, please Will you please open the door? Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Do exercise 5-page 56 , / 58 Prepare unit 10 –Getting started – listen and read V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Ngày soạn: 24/12/2012 period 60 Further practice I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả luyện tập nhiều Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: in order to / so as to Review future simple Kỹ năng: làm bài tập Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Review of the previous lesson: …………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) I.choose the best answer: Dalat is in province a Nha Trang b Lam Dong c Hue d Quang Nam It’s difficult this question a to answer b answer c answering d answered Would you mind for a few minutes? a to wait b wait c waiting d be waiting Do you mind if I here? a sitting b to sit c sit d sat Look! I can see a boy a water buffalo a ride b riding c to ride d rode Would you mind If I a photo? a take b took c taking d to take Milk to the houses by the milkman every day a brings b is bring c is brought d has brought 8- Cool the burns immediately so as to …………………… tissue damage a- ease b- relieve c- minimize d- maximize 9- She promises she ……………… back in about half an hour a- will be b- is c- be d- may 10 It’s to find a modern hotel in this town a difficult b more difficult c difficultly d most difficult II Writing : Rewrite each sentence so that the meaning stays the same: Can I close the windows ? Do you mind If I .? May I ask you a question ? WouldyoumindfI ? I will repair your bicycle tomorrow Your bicycle Will you turn down the TV, please? Do you mind ? People speak English all over the world English………………………………………………………………………………? Củng cố(5’) T retell the main content Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare unit 10 –Getting started – listen and read V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn: 24/12/2012 Period :61 UNIT 10: RECYCLING GETTING STARED & LISTEN AND READ I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đưa lời hướng dẫn và đáp lại lời hướng dẫn.Giải thớch khỏi niệm theo chủ đề liên quan Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: : Adj + to inf / noun phrase Passive Modal verbs : should , can … (revision ) Kỹ năng: nghe, núi Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) T presents the picture a in Language focus and has two Ss make request or offer and give respond A: Will you empty the garbage can, please? B:Allright …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content T asks Ss to think of ways to reduce * Warm up: the amount of garbage they produce Brainstorm : Tell Ss to put the posters on the Reuse plastic board after they finish and the team bags having the most good ideas is the winner Ss give feedback Ways to Elicit words from Ss reduce amount the of Have Ss copy down Possible answer : Use cloth bags, use tree leaves to warp things, make garbage into fertilizer, make vegetable matter into animal food *Presentation : New words: Checking: Rub out and Remember: representative (n) : translation protect : ( to keep so / sth save from danger ) T asks Ss to practice the dialogue natural resource : ( translation / Ss work in group explanation ) ( group – Ss ) ( coal mines , oil / gold / mineral deposits Ss practice the dialogue in front of are … ) the class Ex : T corrects if necessary It’s not difficult to remember adj to inf T asks Ss to work in pairs * Practice : T asks Ss answer the questions + dialogue P 89 – 90 Ss give feedback Answer the questions: ( 2/p.90) (mark ) T gives marks a- Reduce means not buying products which are over packaged b- We can reuse things like envelopes glass, plastic bottles, and old plastic bags c- Recycle means not fusty throwing things away Try and find another use for them d- We can look for information on T asks Ss to read the passage the recycling things by having a contact with sentences and to decide true or false an organization like Friends of the Earth , Ss give feedback going to the local library, or asking our T corrects if necessary family and friends e- ( students’ answers ) We shouldn’t use plastic bags because when we throw them away they could stay very long and could not be self – destroyed self - demolished Củng cố(5’) T retell the main content Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Learn by heart new word, the answers Prepare: speak + Listen V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn: 2/1/2013 Period :62 UNIT 10: RECYCLING SPEAK & LISTEN I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đưa lời hướng dẫn và đáp lại lời hướng dẫn Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: present simple and future simple Kỹ năng: nghe, núi Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Ss think and tell the ways to reduce the amount of garbage Ex We should use cloth bags instead of plastic bags …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’): Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content *Warm up: T uses the picture ( p/91 ) Kim’s game T asks Ss to work in group ( or Ss ) Possible answer : T asks Ss to name things they can see Bottles , paper , clothes , used paper , in the picture old newspapers , books , cardboard , boxes , plastic bags , food can , jars Elicit words from Ss *Speak:(12”) T has Ss copy down Pre - speaking: T has Ss play game Bingo in order to  New words : check vocabulary Fertilizer (n): T gets Ss to brainstorm a list of about Compost (make question?) 10 new words fabric ( n ) T asks Ss to choose any words and  Bingo : copy into their papers EX : fertilizer, compost, leather, fabric, T calls out the words until a / some Ss plastic, glass, metal, paper, cardboard, has / have ticked all of their words and tin,… shout ‘bingo’ They win Group Items T has Ss play game dictation list Paper Use paper ( old T tells Ss they are going to listen to the newspaper, books, words for items and put them in the cardboard boxes …) right groups Glass Bottles, glasses, jars T draws the table on the board and ask Plastic Plastic bags, plastic Ss to copy it bottles Model some words Metal Food cans, drinking tins Read the words ( in the table below ) Fabric Clothes ( clothes bags , aloud , slowly and jumble them up material ) Leather Shoes, sandals, After listening, T asks Ss to work in schoolbags pairs and give their answer Vegetable Fruit peels ( vegetables, Ss read the words again and correct Matter rotten fruits ) While - speaking: T asks Ss to work in pairs EX : Ss practice with your partner about the A : Which group clothes belong to ? two conversations B : Put them in “ fabric ” T asks Ss to make new conversations A: What can we with those clothes? by using suggested words B : We can recycle them and make them Ss practice them in front of the class into paper or shopping bags T corrects if necessary drinking cans / make toys paper / bags Post - speaking: Complete the words Ss complete the words FE-TIL-ZER  FERTILIZER Ss give feedback COMP-ST  COMPOST M-TAL  METAL T presents new words * Listen: T uses the pictures to introduce new Pre - listening: (10ms) words New words : Ss copy compost (n) : phõn xanh heap (n) : (picture) đống shade (n) : (picture) búng rõm T has Ss play game “what and where ” shovel (n) : cỏi xẻng to check new words moisture (n) : ẩm condensation (n) : khối đặc While - listening: You will hear four questions during the recording Check (  ) the correct answers : T asks Ss to open their books and read a) What type of garbage can you put in the multiple choice questions on page the compost? 91 A All vegetable matter T checks if Ss understand the B Meat or grain products questions b) Where is the best place for a compost T plays the tape and have Ss listen (2 heap? A a place that gets no sun or times) B a place that gets sun and shade T asks Ss to give their answers and c) Should you water the compost? correct A Yes B No d) How long does it take before you can T asks Ss to speak “How to keep a use the compost? compost heap?” A after it rains Ss give feedback B six months T corrects if necessary  Answer key : a.A , b.B , c A , d B Post- Listening : How to keep a compost heap? Củng cố(5’) T retell the main content Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Do exercise , in the workbook Prepare Unit 10: read page 59+60 V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn: 2/1/2013 Period :63 UNIT 10: RECYCLING READ I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đọc bài báo Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Passive form (present simple) Kỹ năng: đọc hiêu Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note T uses the questions in the LISTEN part of the Unit to ask ss What type of garbage can you put in the compost? (all vegetable matter) Where is the best place for a compost heap? (a place that gets sun and shade) …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’): Teacher’s and students’ activities Put the word square chart on the board Tell Ss the topic is about the environment and there are 14 hidden words T divides the class into groups T asks Ss to write their answers on a piece of paper and hand in when they finish T tells Ss the group with the most right words is the winner T asks Sts “What is it about?” Sts listen and answer “It’s about recycling things – car tires, bottles, glass, drink cans, compost” T presents some new words through Sts’ answers Tire, pipe, deposit, refill, and melt Sts listen, repeat, give the meaning and take notes Sts read the new words orally T has Sts look at the Questions (p.93), read the text and find the answers Sts work individually and then work in pairs, ask and answer, then give the answers T and Sts check the answers T has Sts look at the sentences (p.93), read the text again and complete them Sts work individually and then compare their answers with their partners, then give the answers T has Sts compare two sentences about “form and meaning”: People clean and refill milk bottles content Warm up: (22’) Word square: E N V I R O N M E N T N B C G A R B A G E R V E D R D O P P U R E E J U E Y I L A R S C L U S E D P A P E R Y O S T N O T S E D E C P R O T E C T R U U L E A B R C A I B C S E R E C E E N C A E E K D E E E F G H G I J L KEY :  Environment, garbage, pure, used paper, protect  envelope, dust, green tree, can, plastic, paper bag, reduce, reuse, recycle Pre-Reading New words: Tire (n) Pipe (n) Deposit /di’pazət/(n): tiền đặt cọc Refill (v) Melt (v) While-Reading Answer: (p.93) a People clean and refill milk bottles b The glass is broken up, melted, and made into new glassware c The Oregon government made a new law that there must be … for recycling d Compost is made from household and garden waste e If we have a recycling story to share, we can call or fax the magazine at … Work with a partner Complete the sentences to make a list of recycled things Milk bottles are cleaned and refilled “The second sentence is in passive form (to be) + past participle (V3/ed)” T explains how to use passive form and how to change into passive form Practice: T has Sts find more examples in passive form from the text Answer: (p.93) Car tires are recycled to make pipes and floor coverings Milk bottles are cleaned and refilled (with milk) Glass is broken up, melted and made into new glassware Drink cans are brought back for recycling Household and garden waste is made into compost Post- Reading Passive form: Ex: People clean and refill milk bottles S V O Milk bottles are cleaned and refilled S (tobe) V 3/ed (by O) Củng cố(5’) T retell the main content Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Ps write sentences using the structure of passive forms Ex: hats/ buy/ market These hats are bought at the market V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:12/1/2013 Period :64 UNIT 10: RECYCLING WRITE I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả viết lời hướng dẫn và đáp lại hướng dẫn Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: verbs and sentences for instructions Kỹ năng: viết Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Greeting and taking attendance …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’): Teacher’s and Students’ activities T asks Ss to answer the questions Ss answer the questions T remarks and gives mark Elicit words from Ss T has Ss copy down T asks Ss to play game ‘ slap the board” T sets the scene: Tell Ss they are going to read a text about how to recycle used paper T puts the verbs on the board randomly in a flow chart T asks Ss to work in groups to guess the order of the actions T calls on about pairs to write their answers on the board T explains the process of recycling, using mimes or Vietnamese and correct T asks Ss to open their books, read the text on page 93 and fill in the verbs ( individual ) Monitor and correct the exercise in the text book T asks Ss to close their books write the sequencing on the board and have Ss to practice speaking first T calls on Ss to say the sentences from memory: first, then, next, after that, finally … T gets Ss to write the text in brief using the sequencing monitor and help Ss with their work T reads the instructions aloud Content * Warm up : Chatting : What you usually with waste paper? What can we with those clothes? Do you know how people make paper? *Pre - writing: * Vocabulary : soak (v) : (to put sth in liquid for a time so that it becomes completely wet ) Answer key : soak mash mix pull out press dry * While – writing Answer key : use mix place press wrap wait dry ANSWER KEY : First, soak old newspaper in a bucket overnight Then, mash the paper by a wooden spoon Next, mix the washed paper with water After that, use a wire mesh to full the mixture out, put it on the cloth and press it down firmly Finally, take the mesh out of the cloth and dry it in the sun *Post writing : a/ First take the used tealeaves from the tea pot b/ Next scatter the tealeaves on a tray c/ Then dry the leaves in the sun d/ Finally , put the dry leaves in a pot for future use T asks Ss to give their answers T corrects if necessary Củng cố(5’) T retell the main content Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Write the instructions on “ How to boil vegetables ” V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng - Ngày soạn:12/1/2013 Period :65 UNIT 10: RECYCLING LANGUAGE FOCUS I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nhận biết và luyện tập với câu bị động Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Passive in future simple / passive forms Adjectives followed by –an infinitive / a noun clause Kỹ năng: đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Ss make the instructions on how to prepare the tea leaves to dry them to keep mosquitoes away Ex First, take the used tea leaves from the tea pot …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’): Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content Warm up: Using a hat and an apple T makes some Activities questions with What, How, Where Work with a partner Read a guide Student gives the answers and makes on how to recycle …… another question (Yes/ No question) Answer (1/p.95) T gives active and passive sentences a The glass is broken into small with two objects pieces Ex: My mother buys a hat  A hat is b Then the glass is washed with a detergent liquid bought by my mother c Then the glass pieces are dried Ss practice similar activities completely d They are mixed with certain specific T presents passive in future simple chemicals T explains form and gives an example e The mixture is melted until it T explains how to and asks Ss to becomes a liquid f A long pipe is used It is dipped into exercise the liquid Then the liquid is blown Ss it ( pair work ) into intended shape T calls several Ss go to the board a-1, b-4, c-3, d-5, e-2, f-6 Ss write the sentence T corrects if necessary T gives mark *Matching T explains how to and asks Ss to exercise Ss it ( pair work ) T calls several Ss go to the board Ss complete the dialogue T corrects if necessary T gives mark T presents adjective followed by an infinitive T presents adjectives followed by a noun clause T explains how to and asks Ss to exercise T presents new words Ss copy down T asks Ss to play game “ matching ” Ss it ( pair work ) T calls several Ss go to the board Ss complete the dialogues T corrects if necessary T gives marks T explains how to and asks Ss to exercise Ss it ( pair work ) T calls several Ss go to the board Ss complete the sentence T corrects if necessary T gives mark Form : S + will / shall + be + past participle A famous inventor, Dr Kim, is going to build a time machine One of his assistants, Hai, is asking him……… … It will be shown … Will … be built … …will be finished … Will … be made … * Adjective + to infinitive : EX: It’s difficult to follow your directions Form : It + be + adjective + to infinitive * Adjectives + that / noun clause : EX: We are delighted that you passed the English exam Form : S + be + Adj + that / noun clause Complete the dialogues Use the words in the box … easy to understand …hard to believe … dangerous to go … … important to wait … Answer: easy to understand (1) hard to believe (2) dangerous to go (3) important to wait (4) Complete the letter Use the correct …….1… was happy 2…am relieved 3… is afraid 4… are sure 5… am certain Củng cố(5’) T retell the main content Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Write the instructions on “ How to boil vegetables ” V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn: 12/1/2013 period 66 Further practice I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả luyện tập nhiều Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Kỹ năng: làm bài tập Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Review of the previous lesson: …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) Read the passage carefully It was the first time Jim went to Ho Chi Minh City with his parents When the plane landed at Tan Son Nhat Airport, the day was fine There was a bright sun, and the sky was cloudless and blue It is said that Ho Chi Minh City is the city of sunshine The family took a taxi to the Rex Hotel, a very big hotel in the city center After checking in, they went upstairs to their room on the fifth floor Jim was eager to see the sight of the city Through the window of the bed room, he could see the beautiful picture of Ho Chi Minh City It was marvelous to see the city sparking in colorful lights at night Jim visited many places of interest such as Nha Rong Harbor, Dam Sen Park, Suoi Tien, and Saigon Water Park Ho Chi Minh City is famous for shopping malls Jim bought plenty of souvenirs for his friends at Saigon Tourist Trade Center The next evening the whole family walked along the streets, and then came into a well-known vegetarian restaurant to enjoy delicious food It was really wonderful A- True (T) or False (F): (0.5M) 1- Jim went to Ho Chi Minh City for the first time 2- Their room was on the fourth floor B- Answer the questions: (2.0Ms) 1- Where did the family take a taxi? 2- Was Jim eager to see the sight of the city? 3- Where did Jim buy plenty of souvenirs for his friends? 4- Did Jim visit many places of interest? III Writing : Rewrite each sentence so that the meaning stays the same: (2,5m ) Can I close the windows ? Do you mind If I .? May I ask you a question ? Would you mind if I ? I will repair your bicycle tomorrow Your bicycle Will you turn down the TV, please? Do you mind ? People speak English all over the world English .? Củng cố(5’) T retell the main content Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare Unit 11: V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng - Ngày soạn:12/1/2013 Period :67 UNIT 11: TRAVELING AROUND VIET NAM GETTING STARTED & LISTEN AND READ I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nói mối quan tâm mỡnh và người khác, đưa lời đề nghị trang trọng và chấp nhận hay từ chối lời đề nghị Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Would you mind + V-in? / Would you mind if I + V(past simple), Present participle Kỹ năng: nghe, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giỏo viờn: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Ss the exercise: Choose the ways to reduce garbage and protect the environment (a.) We should use vegetable matter to make compost (b.) We should use cloth bags instead of plastic bags c Millions of old car tires are thrown away every year (d.) We can reuse things like envelopes, glass and plastic bottles, and old plastic bags …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’): Teacher’s & Students’ activities T and Sts talk about traveling T has Sts work in pairs, look at the pictures and match the places with the names, then say something about them Sts work in pairs and give the As T presents some new words through Sts answer T presents some requests T has Sts close their book, listen and answer the Questions “1 Where does Hoa meet the Jones? Is it the first time the Jones have visited Vietnam? What they see along the road to Hanoi? What would Tim like to do?” Content * Warm-up: Chatting : “Do you like traveling? Where did they travel?…” Matching : ( p/98 ) a Ngo Mon gate, b Nha Rong Harbor, c The temple of literature, d Ha Long Bay * Presentation New words: Harbor(n)water buffalo(n) crop(n) Would you mind sitting…? Would you mind if I took a photo? Answers : at the airport Yes, it is a boy riding a water buffalo, rice paddies, corn and sugar canes take a photo T has Sts read through the dialogue and check the Answers * Practice: T has Sts look at 2/p.99, read the a T dialogue again and decide T/F Then b T correct the false statements c F (by taxi) Sts as required d T T and Sts check the Answers e T f F (and sugar canes) *.Production T has Sts play roles in groups of Sts as required, and then some Would you mind sitting…? groups play roles Would you mind if I took a photo? I can see a boy riding a water buffalo Củng cố(5’) T retell ss of how to express interest Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Write and learn new words by heart Prepare Speak + listen V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:12/1/2013 Period :68 UNIT 11: TRAVELING AROUND VIET NAM SPEAK & LISTEN I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nói mối quan tâm mỡnh và người khác, đưa lời đề nghị trang trọng và chấp nhận hay từ chối lời đề nghị Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Would/do you mind + V-ing…? Do you mind if I + V(present simple)…? Would you mind if I + V(past simple)…? Present participle Kỹ năng: nghe, núi Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) T asks ss some questions about the dialogue on page 99 The conversation takes place between Hoa and Tim’s family Is this the first time Hoa has met Tim’s family? (yes) How does the Jones family travel from the airport? (by taxi) …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’): Teacher’s & students’ activities Content *Warm up : Brainstorming : T asks Ss to talk about places of Ben Thanh Market Da Lat interest in Viet Nam Nha Trang Ss work in group Ss talk about them Places of interest in VN T has Sts look at the dialogue between Hoa and the Jones again and pick out Sa Pa the sentences Ha Long Bay “Would you mind sitting in the front Nha Rong harbor seat of the taxi? * Pre-Speaking : No problem” And “Would you mind if I took a Remember: Would/do you mind + V-ing…? photo? Do you mind if I + V(present simple) Not at all.” …? Sts as required Would you mind if I + V(past simple) T presents how to make formal …? requests and respond Responses: … Responses:(book p.100) Ex: Sts listen and take notes Would you mind moving your car? T presents the situation and has Sts No, of course not play roles, one is a tourist and the “Do you mind if I sit down? Please do.” other is a tourist officer (p.101) You are a tourist on vacation in Ho Or “Would you mind if I smoked? Chi Minh City You want to visit a I’d rather you didn’t.” market This is the conversation * While-speaking between you and the tourist officer Put the dialogue chart on the board You Tourist officer Elicit the exchanges from Ss and have Excuse me! Yes? them repeat I’d like to visit a Have Ss open their books and use the market Would you information on page 101 to practice mind suggesting Not at all How other dialogues one? about going to Group : Markets Thai Binh Market? Group : Museums It opens from Group : Restaurants about 5am to pm Monitor and correct That sounds The Jones family is going around Ha interesting Thank You’re welcome Noi and they are talking about the you directions to places in the maps Listen to them and match the places to Listen page – 102 the correct positions on the map Answer : T puts the map on the board and ask restaurant Ss to identify the places hotel bus station Ss work in groups ( Ss ) pagoda T corrects if necessary temple Summary the dialogue ( listening ) Củng cố(5’) T calls one student asks and one answers Example: What will you with this clothes/ waste paper? Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Write exercises 3,4/p.109, 110(book) Prepare Unit 11: Read V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng …………………………… Ngày soạn:12/1/2013 Period :69 UNIT 11: TRAVELING AROUND VIET NAM READ I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đọc quảng cáo Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Simple present tense Vocabulary: institute, giant, accommodation, arrival/departure, waterfall, Kỹ năng: đọc Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Ss make request and give reply: Ex1 Turn on the lights S1: Do you mind turning on the lights? S2: All right./ I’m sorry, I can’t …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’): Teacher’s and Students’ activities T has Sts look at the pictures of some interesting places and asks them to tell where they are Then T asks Ss some questions about these places Sts watch, listen and respond T presents some new words through Sts’ answers Sts listen, repeat, give the meaning and take notes Sts read the new words orally T asks Ss to write a list of 14 new words and write them on the board T asks Ss to write words into a paper T calls out the words until someone shouts “ bingo ” and wins T has Sts look at the exercise 1(p.104), read the brochures and check the topics mentioned Sts work individually and then compare their answers with their partners, then give the answers T and Sts check the As T has Sts look at the exercise 2(p.105) and help the people mentioned find a suitable places Sts work individually and then compare their answers with their partners, then give the As T and Sts check the answers T has Sts ask and answer questions, Content *Warm up Chatting : Do you like traveling? Where did you travel? Did you go to Da Lat? / Nha Trang …? What was the weather like? What you like in Da Lat? / Nha Trang …? Have you ever been there? What can you see there / in Nha Trang / Da Lat …? * Pre-Reading New words: institute (n) giant (adj) accommodation (n) arrival departure waterfall (n) tribe (n) –tribal (adj) stream (n) recognize (v) magnificent(n) * While-reading : Check the topics mentioned in the brochures about the resorts: * Answer: (1/p.104) Nha Trang: flights to Hanoi, local transport, railway, tourist attractions Dalat: hotels, local transport, tourist attractions, waterfalls Sapa: hotels, local transport, mountain slopes, tourist attractions, villages Ha Long Bay: caves, hotels, local transport, mini-hotels, sand beaches, tourist attractions, World Heritage Answer Where should these people go? *Answer: (2/p.105) using information in exercise a – Sa pa Sts work in pairs b – Nha Trang T has Sts play roles, one is a tourist c – Nha Rong Harbor and one is a tourist officer, asking d – Ha Long Bay where to go and suggesting where e – Da Lat he/she should go * Post-reading : “Where should … go? … should go to … Why? ………………… Because ……… ” Củng cố(5’) T reviews the use of simple present tense make sentences in the simple present Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Learn by heart new words Do the exercise 8/68 , 4/66 Prepare: write V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng ……………………………………… Ngày soạn:12/1/2013 Period :70 UNIT 11: TRAVELING AROUND VIET NAM WRITE I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả tường thuật lại việc Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Would/do you mind + V-ing…? Do you mind if I + V(present simple)…? Would you mind if I + V(past simple)…? Present participle Kỹ năng: nghe, núi Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) T asks ss some questions about the dialogue on page 99 The conversation takes place between Hoa and Tim’s family Is this the first time Hoa has met Tim’s family? (yes) How does the Jones family travel from the airport? (by taxi) …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’): Teacher’s and students’ activities Content * Warm up T asks Sts some questions * Chatting : Ss give feedback “Have you ever been to Da Lat? T corrects if necessary What can you see in Da lat?…” Do you like traveling? Where did you travel? * Pre-Writing : T presents the situation of the Browns’ New words: vacation and presents some new words canoe (n) Canoe, paddle, hire, overturn, rescue… paddle (v) Ss copy down hire (v) Checking technique “rub out & overturn (v) remember ” rescue (v) T has Sts look at the events and order Answer (1.p.106) them 1-c, 2-a, 3-g, 4-d, 5-f, 6-b, 7-e Sts work individually and then * While-Writing compare their answers with their Answer (p.106) partners, then give the As 1-d, 2-b, 3-e, 4-h, 5-a, 6-f, 7-c, 8-g T and Sts check the answers Answer (p.106) T has some Sts read the story again Uyen had a day to remember last week T can ask some Questions to check Ss’ She had a math exam on Friday and she understanding got up late She realized her alarm clock did not go T has Sts work in pairs look at the off pictures and rearrange the events to As she was leaving home, it started to make a story rain heavily T has Ss write a story using words Uyen tried to run as fast as she could given and pictures rearranged Suddenly she stumbled against a rock Ss work individually and then compare and fell (onto the road) their answers with their partners, then Her schoolbag went into a pool (of some Ss write the story on the board water) and everything got wet Strangely, the rain stopped as she got to T and Ss check the answers her classroom Luckily, Uyen had enough time to finish T has some Ss read the story again and her exam then has one or two Ss retell the story * Post –writing: using the pictures Retell the story Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of the past simple tense Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Write and learn new words Write another story (workbook) Prepare Unit 11: Language focus V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Ngày soạn:12/2/2013 Period :71 UNIT 11: TRAVELING AROUND VIET NAM LANGUAGE FOCUS I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nhận biết và luyện tập với ed và ing Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Present participle phrase V-ing Past participle phrase V-ed / C Would/do you mind + V-ing…? Do you mind if I + V(present simple)…? Would you mind if I + V(past simple)…? Kỹ năng: nghe, núi, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Review of the previous lesson: Ss tell the story of Uyen ( in lesson Write) …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’): Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content *Warm up: T asks Ss to open the book and observe Memory game ( p/109 ) the picture on page 109 carefully, and Answer key then -Ss close their books Box, lamp, truck, doll, flowers, elephant, T divides the class into two teams and ask each team to go to the board and write from memory the names of the things they’ve just seen the picture T asks Ss to look at the picture on page 108 T presents the situation T asks questions and calls on Ss to answer then correct Ss work in pairs T calls Ss to practice them in front of the class T corrects if necessary T presents structure Elicit the target language by asking the question below then have Ss repeat T explains model sentences and how to use Ss copy down T asks Ss to practice Ss shows the cardboard and have Ss run through the situations against Choral -> individual T calls several Ss to go to the board and write their sentences T corrects if necessary T asks Ss to look at the words in the box and the picture on page 109 to the matching Ss work in pairs T calls Ss to go to the board and match them T corrects if necessary Elicit the target language by asking the question below when have Ss repeat T explains how to use Ss copy down bear, rabbit Look at the people in the schoolyard at Quang Trung school It’s time for recess and people at Quang Trung school are in the school yard What are they doing? 1/ What’s Mr Quant doing? He’s walking / going up the stairs 2/ What is Miss Lien doing? She is carrying a bag / talking to Nam 3/ What is Nam doing? He is standing next to miss Lien / talking to Miss Lien Model sentences : Who is the man walking up the stairs? The man walking up the stairs is Mr Quant ( present participle phrase) Form : V-ing  present participle Use: A present participle (phrase) can be used as an adjective to qualify a noun with active meaning 1/ The man walking up the stairs is Mr Quang 2/ The woman carrying a bag is Miss Lien 3/ The boy standing next to Miss Lien is Nam 4/ The boy sitting under the tree is Ba 5/ The girl standing by the table is Lan 6/ The girls playing chess are Nga on the right and Hoa on the left Look at this stall Describe the goods Matching : box a wrap in truck b dress in lamp c recycled from doll d keep in flowers e make in toys f paint Key: - f, - c, - e, 4- b, –a, – d Questions : Where is the old lamp made in? China What color is the box painted? Green What is the truck recycled from? T explains how to the exercise Ss work in pairs T asks Ss to practice Ss looks at their books, listen to the questions & answer T calls on some pairs to demonstrate for the class Cans Model sentences : The old lamp made in China is dollars (Past par Phrase ) Form: Regular verb-ed past Irregular verb-Column participle Use: A past participle (phrase) can be T asks Ss to use the right form of the used as an adjective to qualify a noun verbs in the box to fill in the gaps with passive meaning Ss complete the sentences Question – answer drill T calls on several Ss to answer their How much is the box painted green? sentences The box painted green is one dollar T corrects and give key Truck made from recycled cans / $ Doll dressed in red / $ T presents how to make formal Flowers wrapped in blue paper / $ requests and respond Toys kept in a cardboard box $ 10 3/ Work with a partner Use these words T asks Ss to practice language focus to make and respond to requests 3/p.109 Would/do you mind + V-ing…? Ss work in pairs Responses: T calls on some Ss to practice Agreement : T corrects if necessary No , I don’t mind / No , of course not /Not at all … T explains how to use “mind " to make Disagreement : request and respond I’m sorry , I can’t / I’m sorry /It’s T explains how to the exercise impossible -4/110 I’d rather you didn’t /I’d prefer you Ss work in pairs didn’t T calls on some Ss to practice Work with a partner Look at the T corrects if necessary pictures Ask questions and give suitable responses Do you mind if I + V(present simple)…? Would you mind if I + V(past simple)… Củng cố(5’) Use “ would / Do you mind …? ” to make the following sentences more polite Can I move the refrigerator to the right corner ? Would ……………… Could I smoke ? Do …………………… May I ask you a question ? Would ……………… Could I turn the air conditioner off ? Would ……………………… Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Practice the lesson at home again Prepare: See unit 9, 10, 11 for revision V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng -Ngày soạn:12/2/2013 Period :72 REVISION I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ôn luyện lại các kiến thức đó học ba bài trước Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Grammar (review) Kỹ năng: nghe, núi, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giỏo viờn: bài tập Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Review of the previous lesson: Ss tell the story of Uyen ( in lesson Write) ………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22”) Teacher’s and students’ activities Content T asks ss questions to check them Future simple tense about the future simple tense +) S + will + V (bare infinitive) T remarks -) S + won’t + V (bare infinitive) ?) Will + S + V (bare infinitive) ? T asks ss about the form Yes, S + will T calls ss to write the form on the No, S + won’t board *We use Bare infinitive after WILL and T corrects other modal verbs Passive form How to change active form to passive form T gives ss some notes Active: S + V + O T asks ss about the form Passive: S + be + PP + (by + O) T calls ss to write the form on the * The verb BE in the passive form and board the main verb in the active form must be T corrects put in the same tense Ex: Someone stole my car My car was stolen T gives ss some notes Someone has stolen my car My car has been stolen Use “mind” to make requests T gives ss some exercises to practice Form: the structures above Would you mind if + S + V (past tense)? Ss the exercises Do you mind if + S +V (present tense)? Do/Would you mind + V-ing? * “Would” is more polite than “Do” T calls ss to go to the board to the EXERCISE exercises I Complete the following sentences T corrects As soon as we (get) there, we (phone) for a taxi I (go) to the library before I (do) the shopping We (wait) here until the rain (stop) I (get) some money from the bank when it (open) You have to stay until you (finish) your work Answer: get…will phone will…do will wait…stops will…opens finish II Change the sentences into the passive peel the apples Take out the cores of the apples Mix the center of the apples with the mixture Fill the center of the apples with the mixture Someone has broken the windows Answer: The apples are peeled The cores of the apples are taken out The center of the apples are mixed with the mixture The center of the apples are filled with mixture The windows have been broken Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of the past simple tense 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Read the lesson again Prepare a next period revision V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn: 14/2/2012 PERIOD:73 written test I MỤC TIấU: 1.Kiến thức: Sau Sau bài kiểm tra này giáo viên đanh giá mức độ nhận thức học sinh sau 11 bài học Kỹ năng: nghe, nói,đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh biết yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II PHƯƠNG PHÁP: Written test III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: đề bài, đáp án, biểu điểm Học sinh: giấy kiểm tra, giấy nhỏp IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(1’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note Vận dụng Tổng 2.Kiểm tra(1’) Kiểm tra chuẩn bị kiểm tra học sinh Bài mới(40’): I The matrix: Chủ đề Nhận biết Thụng hiểu I Language focus II Reading TN 10 2.5đ TL TN 1.5đ TL TL 1,0đ 2.5đ III Writing IV Listening TN 2.5đ 10 2.5đ 2.5đ 2.5đ 2.5đ I.Choose the best option to complete the sentences Dalat is in province a Nha Trang b Lam Dong c Hue d Quang Nam It’s difficult this question a to answer b answer c answering d answered Would you mind for a few minutes? a to wait b wait c waiting d be waiting Do you mind if I here? a sitting b to sit c sit d sat Look! I can see a boy a water buffalo a ride b riding c to ride d rode Would you mind If I a photo? a take b took c taking d to take Milk to the houses by the milkman every day a brings b is bring c is brought d has brought 8- Cool the burns immediately so as to …………………… tissue damage a- ease b- relieve c- minimize d- maximize 9- She promises she ……………… back in about half an hour a- will be b- is c- be d- may 10 It’s to find a modern hotel in this town a difficult b more difficult c difficultly d most difficult II Reading : Read the passage carefully It was the first time Jim went to Ho Chi Minh City with his parents When the plane landed at Tan Son Nhat Airport, the day was fine There was a bright sun, and the sky was cloudless and blue It is said that Ho Chi Minh City is the city of sunshine The family took a taxi to the Rex Hotel, a very big hotel in the city center After checking in, they went upstairs to their room on the fifth floor Jim was eager to see the sight of the city Through the window of the bed room, he could see the beautiful picture of Ho Chi Minh City It was marvelous to see the city sparking in colorful lights at night Jim visited many places of interest such as Nha Rong Harbor, Dam Sen Park, Suoi Tien, and Saigon Water Park Ho Chi Minh City is famous for shopping malls Jim bought plenty of souvenirs for his friends at Saigon Tourist Trade Center The next evening the whole family walked along the streets, and then came into a well-known vegetarian restaurant to enjoy delicious food It was really wonderful A- True (T) or False (F): (0.5M) 1- Jim went to Ho Chi Minh City for the first time 2- Their room was on the fourth floor B- Answer the questions: (2.0Ms) 1- Where did the family take a taxi? 2- Was Jim eager to see the sight of the city? 3- Where did Jim buy plenty of souvenirs for his friends? 4- Did Jim visit many places of interest? III Writing : Rewrite each sentence so that the meaning stays the same: (2,5m ) Can I close the windows ? Do you mind If I .? May I ask you a question ? Would you mind if I ? I will repair your bicycle tomorrow Your bicycle Will you turn down the TV, please? Do you mind .? People speak English all over the world English Củng cố(5’) Giao viờn thu bài kiểm tra 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare a next period V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng *************************** Ngày soạn:14/2/2013 Period :74 UNIT 12: A VACATION ABROAD GETTING STARTED & LISTEN AND READ I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả lập kế hoạch,đưa lời mời, nhận và từ chối lời mời Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Invitation Kỹ năng: nghe, đọc Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giỏo viờn: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Greeting and checking attendance Review of the previous lesson: …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’): Teacher’s and Students’ activities Teacher shows the photocopied pictures to students, one by one, and ask Ss to guess what country it is Ss give feedback T corrects and introduces the name of the countries Ss write the words on the board Ss practice Elicit words from Ss Have Ss copy down Content *Warm up: a Guessing game: ( Getting started) Answer : A/ The USA B/ Australia C/ Thai Lan D/ Britain E/ Canada F/ Japan b Practice: Example on page 111 *Presentation ( Listen and read) New words: on a tour include ( v) Would you like to… *Practice : Dialogue ( p 112 ) Checking: Rub out and Remember: T introduces the dialogue Ss listen to the tape and repeat Ss practice the dialogue in front of the class T corrects if necessary 1/ Complete Mrs Quyen’s schedule T introduces the exercise Tuesday 26 -> going out Ss complete Mrs Quyen ‘s schedule Wednesday 27 -> having dinner with Ss work in pairs Ss compare with a partner T checks and corrects the Smiths Thursday 28 -> leaving San Francisco /Answer the questions a/ No, they won’t Because they are T asks Ss to read dialogue again and coming on a tour, and their answer the questions accommodation is included in the ticket T asks Ss to work in pairs price So they will stay at a hotel Ss compare with a partner b/ No, he won’t Because he will have a T corrects if necessary business meeting in the evening ( that day ) c/ Mrs Smith will pick her up at her hotel *Production : Making an invitation “ Would you like to come and stay with T asks Ss give invitations us …? ” Ss give feedback Accepting an invitation T asks Ss to write them into their ‘ Yes, We ‘d love to but we’ll only be notebooks in town for three nights ” Declining an invitation “ That‘s very kind of you but we’re coming on a tour … ” Making a complaint “ Oh dear He‘s always working ” Củng cố(5’) T asks ss about Mrs Quyen’s schedule 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Read again the dialogue at home Do exercises , in your book Prepare speak + listen V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:14/2/2013 Period :75 UNIT 12: A VACATION ABROAD SPEAK & LISTEN I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả lập kế hoạch,đưa lời mời, nhận và từ chối lời mời, nghe dự báo thời tiết Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Present/Future simple tense (review) Kỹ năng: nghe, núi Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Two Ss read the dialogue and write new words: on a tour, include ( v), Come over ( v ),Abroad ( adv ) …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’): Teacher’s and Students’ activities T asks Ss to play game Ss give feedback T corrects Content A SPEAK: Warm up _Network of places to visit Places to visit Thai Land USA Canada *Pre-speaking - itinerary ( n ) [ai'tinərəri; i'tinərəri] A: Where shall we stay ? B : The Revere Hotel is expensive but it has a gym T presents new words A: What time should we leave Los Angeles ? T uses the situations, explanation, B : There ‘s a daily flight at 10 a.m Would realia to explain the meaning that be OK ? Ss copy down * While- speaking What time / leave /Los Angeles ? When / arrive / Boston ? Where / stay ? What / /there ? Checking technique slap the board *Post-speaking T asks Ss to read in chorus (2 roles ) Their itinerary and then change the role Depart Los Angeles : Flight 835 at 10 on Ss work in pairs Monday T corrects Arrive Boston : at 4.00 B LISTEN: Pre-listening: Brainstorm : Chatting : T gives Ss a form of itinerary Have you ever listened to the weather T asks Ss to work in pairs forecast on TV or on the radio ? ( interview ) Ss give feedback T corrects Ss report their partners ‘s itinerary T checks by asking ss *EX : Is that right? T write the topic on the board Ask Ss to find the words related to the topic Collect Ss words and write them on the board Go through the meaning of the words and have Ss copy What does it often tell you about ? ( weather & temperature ) Do you think it’s necessary to listen to the weather forecast ? Why / Why not ? What you know about the high and the low temperature ? ( It refers to the lowest and highest temperature degrees in a day ) *While – listening Gap fill : Temperature city weather low high Sydney Dry, windy 20 26 Tokyo Dry, windy 15 22 London Humid , -3 cold Bangkok Warm ,dry 24 32 New Windy, 15 York cloudy Paris Cool ,dry 10 16 *Post-listening Answer some questions about weather and temperature A What ‘s the weather like in Sydney today B It will be dry and windy A How about the temperature ? B The low will be 20 and the high 26 degrees T asks Ss some questions to lead in the lesson T asks the questions Ss answer the questions T gives marks Củng cố(5’) *Ss write weather forecast using the information above 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare Unit 12: Read V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:14/2/2013 Period :76 UNIT 12: A VACATION ABROAD READ I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đọc hiểu và tỡm cỏc thụng tin cần thiết Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: past progressive tense with when, while Kỹ năng: đọc Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Teacher asks Ss some questions: T: What’s the weather like in Sydney? Ss: It’s dry and windy T: What’s its high temperature? Ss: It’s 26 degrees Centigrade …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’): Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content * Warm up T presents 11 cardboards numbered Pelmanism : from to 11 on one side and the words Adjectives Nouns on the other side Humid humidity T explains how to play Warm warmth T asks Ss to play game “pelmanism ” Windy wind Ss match in sequence of an adj with a Dry dryness noun Cloudy cloud T gives mark Coolness *Pre-Reading New words: T presents new words Volcano ( n ) ( drawing ) Ss copy down Lava ( n ) ( drawing ) Pour out ( v ) ( picture ) * rub out and remember * The past progressive tense: The lava was pouring out when we flew overhead *While-reading : checking technique “ rub out and Grid ( 1/117) remember ” Place What she did and saw T gives the patterns a Hawaii - Went summing, visited Kilauea volcano - went shopping, bought T draws the grid on the board b New lots of souvenir T asks Ss to copy the gird in their notebooks (1/117) T asks Ss to read the postcard from Mrs Quyen to her children and fill in the gaps with the information taken from them T asks Ss to work in pairs T calls on some Ss to go to the board & write the information in the grid on the board Ss give feedback T corrects if necessary T asks Ss to look at the questions on page upload.123doc.net & to compare their answers with their partner Ss work in pairs T calls on some & give feedback T corrects if necessary T gives mark York c Chicago d Mount Rushmore e Francisco -saw late Michigan - saw the heads of American Presidents - visited Fisherman’s wharf the Na pa valley wine growing area and the Alcatraz Prison *Post-reading : Comprehension question (2/upload.123doc.net) Answer key: a She went there by plane b She saw the famous prison on the Island of Alcatraz c It is the mount where the heads of four American Presidents are carved into the rock, and it can be seen from more than 100 km away d It is also called “ the windy city ” e She went shopping Củng cố(5’) *Ss write weather forecast using the information above 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) - Prepare Period :77 THE THIRD ENGLISH TEST ANSWER V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:14/2/2013 Period :77 THE THIRD ENGLISH TEST ANSWER I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả biết kết bài thi mỡnh.Từ đó phát huy điểm mạnh và khắc phục điểm yếu Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: review Kỹ năng: nghe, núi, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giỏo viờn: Question –answer, eliciting Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Review of the previous lesson: …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’): Teacher’s and students’ activities T reminds ss of the structures may use in the exercise Ss listen T asks ss to the first part of the test again ss redo the test T calls ss to check the answers Ss perform before class T corrects Ss copy Content I Language focus Choose the most suitable answer to fill in the blanks (2,5 m) b 2.a 3.c c b b c 8.c a 10 a (0.25m per each correct answer) II Reading A Check T or F (0.5m) T _1 F _2 (0.25m per each correct answer) T asks ss to read the text again B- Answer the questions: (2.0Ms) Ss read the text 1- The family took a taxi to the Rex Hotel T has ss read the sentences below 2- Yes, he was the text carefully and explains if 3- He bought plenty of souvenirs for his necessary friends at at Saigon Tourist Trade Center T asks ss to check the sentences 4- Yes, he did T calls ss to check the answers T corrects III Writing Rewrite each sentence so that the meaning T reminds ss of “mind” in making stays the same: (2,5m ) requests, passive voice and Do you mind If I close the windows? participles Would you mind if I asked you a Ss listen and rewrite the sentences questions? T calls ss to check the answers 3.Your bicycle will be repaired tomorrow T corrects Do you mind turning down the TV? T asks ss to look at the map again English is spoken all over the world carefully (0.5m per each correct answer) T plays the cassette Ss listen and match T calls ss to check the answers Ss show the answers before class T corrects IV Listening Listen and match the places in the box to their positions on the map a)-restaurant b)-hotel c)-bus station d)-pagoda e)-temple (0.5m per each correct answer) Củng cố(5’) T reminds the test 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare a next period V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:14/2/2013 Period :78 UNIT 12: A VACATION ABROAD WRITE I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả viết bưu thiếp Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: simple past tense, present continuous tenses, adjectives (review) Kỹ năng: nghe, núi, đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giỏo viờn: bài mẫu Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Review of the previous lesson: …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Teacher’s and students’ activities T asks Sts some questions Content *Warm up : Network of places to visit , things to Ss give feedback T corrects if necessary T presents new words Ss copy down Checking technique “ rub out & remember ” T shows a postcard written by Quyen to Sally and asks Ss to complete Quyen’s postcard Ss read the postcard and fill in the missing words (work arrangement: individual pair – compare ) T gives feedback T asks Ss to read the complete postcard T corrects if necessary T gives instructions T gives an example for the first T asks Ss to write your postcard calls on some Ss to the front of the class and ask them to read their postcards to the whole class Ss give feedback T corrects if necessary buy Zoo Places to visit things to buy *Pre-Writing : postcard New words: -Complain (v) - heaviness (n)  What did Quyen send to her children ?  Postcard 1.Complete the postcard Mrs Quyen sent from the USA (p118) in lovely / nice 2.people bought weather for 4.visited heaviness 5.her 10 soon *While-Writing: Imagine you are a tourist on vacation in a certain place/city in Vietnam Write a postcard to a friend about your trip You need to cover the information about place, weather,… (p.upload.123doc.net) Place : I am having… in … Example: Dear…, We’re having a wonderful time in Ha Noi, the capital of Vietnam The people are hospitable and helpful and the weather has been wonderful : cool and sunny In Hanoi I visited some of my old friends, Tom and Sally It was very nice to see them We visited the History Museum and some art galleries in Hang Bai street and had lunch together at a vegetarian restaurant I bought a lot of souvenirs and postcards for you and other friends See you soon With love, Lan *Post –writing: Exhibition your postcards Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of how to write a postcard about vacation 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Do the exercise in the workbook page 75 Prepare language focus V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:2/3/2013 Period :79 UNIT 12: A VACATION ABROAD LANGUAGE FOCUS I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nhận bieeys và luyện tập với thỡ Quỏ khứ tiếp diễn 2.kỹ năng:Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Past progressive tense (review) - Present progressive tense with always Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Teacher has one student to write the pattern in the lesson Read on the board: Lava/pour out/we/ fly overhead The lava was pouring out when we flew overhead …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’): : Teacher’s and students’ activities T introduces the past progressive tense Ss copy Content Past progressive tense: Formation: S + were/ was + V-ing Ex Ba was taking a shower at o’clock last night T has Ss say each person was doing at Look at the pictures Say what each last night person was doing at eight o’clock last Ss write the sentences and read to the night rest of the class b Hoa was having dinner at last night c Bao was doing his homework at last T corrects if necessary night T gives examples d Nga was writing a letter at last night Ss copy e Na was walking at last night T has Ss work in groups to match the f Lan was talking to her grandma at last sentences Ss give the answer T corrects if necessary night Past progressive with When and While Look at the pictures Then match the halfsentences in column A to those in column B Write the fool sentences in your sentences b F the phone rang c E When Nam won the race, the crowd was cheering d B Mrs Thoa was cooking when Tuan arrived home e D When Lan arrived at school, the T gives example and explains the school drum was sounding pattern f A It’s was raining when the plane got to T has Ss write sentences Ha Noi Ss write sentences Then write on the Present progressive with always board ( complaint) b Mrs Nga is always losing her umbrella c Mr and Mrs Thanh are always missing the bus T corrects if necessary d Nam is always watching TV e Na is always talking on the phone f Liem is always going out Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of the structures above 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare the next part: Unit 13: getting started + Listen and read V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:2/3/2013 Period :80 Further practice I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả luyện tập nhiều Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Past progressive tense (review) Kỹ năng: làm bài tập Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Review of the previous lesson: …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’) I- Choose the correct option: 1- He is working a- always b- often c- sometimes d- usually 2- I was reading my sisters were playing with her dolls a- at which b- while c- at time d- where 3- The family when the mailman came a- is sleeping b- was sleeping c- has slept d- have slept 4- Six people from each team participate the event a-at b- on c- in d- from 5- It's a rice- contest a- cook b- cooked c- cooking d- cooks 6- He watching TV at o'clock last night a- is b- was c- are d- were II- Write the sentences with the cue words, using the past progressive tense.) 1- They/ play/ tennis/ 10.30 yesterday morning 2- Ann/ do/ homework/ o'clock this afternoon 3- My father/ wash/ car/ from five to six 4- This time last year/ we/ live/ France 5- The students/ offer/ flowers/ the visitors 6- I/ cook/ dinner/ half an hour ago 7- What/ you/ do/ from to yesterday afternoon? ANSWER KEY TEST I- 0.5m for each correct answer 1- a 2- b 3- b 4- in 5- c 6- b II- 1.0m for each correct answer 1- They were playing tennis at10.30 yesterday morning 2- Ann was doing her homework at o'clock this afternoon 3- My father was washing his car from five to six 4- This time last year we were living in France 5- The students were offering flowers to the visitors 6- I was cooking dinner half an hour ago 7- What were you doing from to yesterday afternoon? TEST I- Choose the correct option: 1- I was reading my sisters were playing with her dolls a- at which b- while c- at time d- where 2- He is working a- always b- often c- sometimes d- usually 3- He watching TV at o'clock last night a- is b- was c- are d- were 4- Six people from each team participate the event a-at b- on c- in d- from 5- The family when the mailman came a- is sleeping b- was sleeping c- has slept d- have slept 6- It's a rice- contest a- cook b- cooked c- cooking d- cooks II- Write the sentences with the cue words, using the past progressive tense 1-Ann/ do/ homework/ o'clock this afternoon 2- They/ play/ tennis/ 10.30 yesterday morning 3- This time last year/ we/ live/ France 4- I/ cook/ dinner/ half an hour ago 5- What/ you/ do/ from to yesterday afternoon? 6- The students/ offer/ flowers/ the visitors 7- My father/ wash/ car/ from five to six ANSWER KEY TEST I- 0.5m for each correct answer 1- b 2-a 3- b 4- c 5- b 6- c II- 1.0m for each correct answer 1- Ann was doing her homework at o'clock this afternoon 2- They were playing tennis at10.30 yesterday morning 3- This time last year we were living in France 4- I was cooking dinner half an hour ago 5- What were you doing from to yesterday afternoon? 6- The students were offering flowers to the visitors 7- My father was washing his car from five to six Củng cố(5’) T reminds the test 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare a next period V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:2/3/2013 Period :81 UNIT 13: FESTIVAL GETTING STARTED & LISTEN AND READ I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nói lễ hội truyền thống,đề nghị giải thích và giải thích các kiện 2.kỹ năng:Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Passive form Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Students complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs: a I (do) ….my homework at 7.30 last night b When Hoa (come)…., I (have) … dinner Answer: a was doing b came… was having …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and Students’ activities T writes the names on the board Tell Ss these people are going to go on their visits to Vietnam and they need advice on where to go Introduce the names, one by one T presents some new words Ss repeat and say the meaning Ss copy T presents model sentence T checks vocabulary T set the scene: “Ba invites his friend Liz to a traditional festival in the North of Vietnam Do you know Content *Warm up / Marks  Chatting Tom, David, Huckleberry, Oliver, Robinson 1/ Tom likes swimming and sunbathing Where should he go? … Why? … 2/ David is interested in ancient cities? 3/ Huckleberry likes mountain – climbing 4/ Oliver is keen on pottery ? 5/ Robinson is fond of crowed places ? * Presentation  Pre-teach vocabulary: +fetch (v) : to go to get (sth) and bring it He is the winner of the competition They (award) him the first prize)  Model sentences: There are three competitions: waterfetching, fire-making and rice-cooking What and where what kind of festival it is? (It is the rice-cooking festival) T asks Ss to guess what they are going to read by asking questions Ss open their books, read the dialogue and listen to the tape -Ask Ss to read the statements and check () the boxes, using the information in the dialogue -Ss work in pairs and correct the false sentences Ss answer the questions Suggestions: +How many competitions people enter in a rice-cooking festival? +In water-fetching festival competition, what people do? * Practice True or false a F  Only one team member takes part in the water-fetching contest b F  One person has to collect one water bottle c T d F  Pieces of bamboo are used to make the fire e F  In the final contest, the judges taste the rice f T Củng cố(5’) T asks Ss some questions What festival does Ba invite Liz to go to? Rice-cooking festival 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare: Speak + Listen V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:2/3/2013 Period :82 UNIT 13: FESTIVAL SPEAK & LISTEN I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nói lễ hội truyền thống,đề nghị giải thớch và giải thớch cỏc kiện 2.kỹ năng:Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Present perfect, present progressive (review) Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giỏo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) T asks ss about the previous lesson(do not give ss marks) - How many competitions are there in a rice-cooking festival? - Explain what happens in each competition …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and Students’ Content activities T asks Ss to think of things they * Warm up /Mark (5 minutes) often prepare for Tet Find things in common Ss write them on the board * Pre-listening (10 minutes) T remarks and gives marks to Ss Speak Pre-teach vocabulary +Pomegranate (n): lựu +Peach blossoms (n) đào T presents vocabulary +Marigolds (n) cỳc vạn thọ Ss repeat +Dried watermelon seed: hạt dưa +Spring rolls (n) chả giũ -What and where Ordering *Answer key: Ss join the game AF DJ BG EI T asks Ss to read the dialogue on C  H page 123 and put the sentences in * While-speaking (20 minutes) correct order Mapped dialogue Ss work in pairs Mrs Quyen Lan Calls some pairs to give their A: You/ tidied/ Yes/ where/ answer bedroom? going/ B: Market/ have to/ Could/ collect/ oranges/ new Ao Dai tailor/ pomegranates corner/? C: Sure/ will Thanks/ T puts the chart with the cues on anything/ want/ the board me/ do/ while/ Elicit the exchanges from Ss out/? Ss work in pairs D: not really/ that/ Mom/ I/ what/ T calls some pairs to practice each want house/ look now/ will/ exchange before going on to nice/ festival clean/ glass another exchange windows E: That/ very good Bye/ T asks Ss choose one of the Bye festival (page 123) and make up  Speak their own dialogues a village festival Ss work in pairs a school festival Then T calls on some pairs to a spring festival demonstrate their dialogues before  Listen the class Gap-fill prediction -T set the scene * Answer keys: “The Robinson family is making a Mr Robinson… Flower market preparations for Tet They want to b Traditional buy things to make it a traditional c Dried watermelon seeds festival as Vietnamese people do” * Post-listening (8 minutes) T asks Ss to open their books and  Things to read the statements on page 124 Mr Robinson Go to the flower Ss predict the words in the gaps market to buy peach play the tape (2 or times) blossom and a bunch T corrects of marigolds Liz Go to the market to T asks Ss to copy the grid (page buy candies and a 124) and fill in the gaps with the packet of dried information taken from the watermelon seeds statements above Mrs Robinson Go to Mrs Nga’s to T calls on some Ss to give their learn how to make answers spring rolls T correct Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of Present perfect tense and present progressive tense 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare a next period Prepare: Read and test15' V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:2/3/2013 Period :83 UNIT 13: FESTIVAL READ I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đọc hiểu và nói Giỏng sinh 2.kỹ năng:Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: simple past tense, present perfect tense Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Greeting and taking attendance …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới: Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content * Warm up (5 minutes) T teaches Ss an English Christmas Ex: Silent night, I wish you a merry song Christmas … Ask Ss to listen to the tape and sing *Pre-reading (10 minutes) along  Pre-teach vocabulary T presents new words + spread (v) (to cover a larger and larger area) Ss repeat and copy  to spread  spread  spread + Christmas carol (n) T check vocabulary holding class to Jumbled words play “Jumbled words” pdsear a Tansa aucls d Ask Ss to open their books and read the paragraphs on page 124/ 125 T draws the grid on the board and have Ss copy it T asks Ss to read the paragraph again and complete the grid T gives feedback and corrects T asks Ss to answer the questions Ss work in pairs T corrects and gives answers b yljol e c local f contraption codraete *Answer key: a Santa Claus d spread b jolly e decorate c carol f patron saint While-reading (15 minutes) Grid *Answer key Christmas Place of Date specials origin The Christmas Riga Early tree 1500s The Christmas England Mid -19th Cards century The Christmas No 800 years Carol information ago Santa Claus USA 1823 *Post-reading (10 minutes) *Answer key: a More then two centuries ago b Because wanted to send Christmas greetings to his friends c 800 years ago d An American professor named Clement Clarke Moore e On the description of Saint Nicholas in professor Moore’s poem Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of some knowledge about Christmas 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Write it up: Use the information in the grid to write the brief paragraphs Prepare Unit 13: Write V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:2/3/2013 Period :84 UNIT 13: FESTIVAL WRITE I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả viết tường trỡnh việc 2.kỹ năng:Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: past simple and present simple Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent 2.Kiểm tra(12’) T asks the questions in the lesson Read and Ss answer: * The answer: a More then two centuries ago b Because wanted to send Christmas greetings to his friends Note c 800 years ago …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and Students’ Content activities *Warm up/ Marks T shows the photocopied picture to Memory game Ss and ask them to observe it 1/ How many people are there in the picture? carefully What are they doing? Let Ss look at the picture for about 2/ Name all the things in the picture 20’’ then put it away *Answer key: T asks Ss to listen to the questions 1/ They are participating in the rice-cooking competition Ss answer 2/ Rice, basket, pans, bamboo sticks, paper T puts the picture on the board fans, chopsticks, a flag again *Pre-writing (15 minutes) Give feedback and correct  Lucky numbers 1/ What you call the festival where people have to cook rice? (The rice cooking festival) Write numbers on the board from 2/ How many competitions are there in the to rice-cooking festival? What are they? Tells Ss each number is for a ( 3/ water-fetching, fire-making and ricequestion but of them are lucky cooking) numbers 3/ Lucky number If Ss choose a lucky number, they 4/ What people use to fetch water? don’t have to answer any questions (bottles) T divides the class into teams 5/ Lucky number and holds the game 6/ Do they use pieces of wood to make fire? (No, pieces of bamboo) T asks Ss to use the information in 7/ What people have to before they the dialogue on page 121 to fill in cook the rice? (separate the rice from the the gaps in the report on page 127 husk) Ss work in pairs 8/ Lucky number T corrects and remarks 9/ How many people are there altogether in a team taking part in the rice-cooking festival? T asks Ss to write a similar report (9, one for water-fetching, two for fireon a festival they’ve joined making and six for rice-cooking) recently * While-writing Ss look at the questions and Use the information in the dialogue on practice speaking first by page 121 to fill in the gaps in this report answering the questions from a  g *Answer key: T has Ss connect the sentences to 1/ rice-cooking 6/ traditional make it a report 2/ one/ a 7/ bamboo T monitors and helps Ss with their water-fetching 8/ six work 4/ run 9/ separate T calls on some Ss to read their 5/ water 10/ added reports aloud * Post-writing Write a similar report on a festival you joined recently Questions and answers Củng cố(5’) T asks Sts to rewrite their reports in their notebooks 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare a next period V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:2/3/2013 Period :85 UNIT 13: FESTIVAL LANGUAGE FOCUS I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ôn luyện câu bị động 2.kỹ năng:Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Passive form, reported speech Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class Period Attend Absent Note 8A 8B Kiểm tra(12’) Ss report on a festival they joined recently …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and Students’ activities T prepares 11 cardboards, numbered from to 11 on one side and the words on the other side T divides ss into teams and ask each team to choose numbers, one in the first row, if the words in both cards Content * Warm up/ Marks Pelmanism Infinitive Past participle Put Put Write Written Hold Held Make Made match in sequence of an infinitive Break Broken with its past participle, this team will get a point * Pre-teach (Focus 1) Matching T asks Ss to match the words in The passive form column A with the forms in column B A B Ss work in pairs Tenses Form T calls Ss to give their answers Present a was/ were + PP T corrects Simple b have/ has been T has Ss copy Past simple +PP Future simple c Is/ am/ are + PP T asks Ss to look at language focus Present d will/ shall + be + on page 128 perfect PP T has Ss fill in the gaps with the right *Answer key: form of the verbs in the box c a d 4.b Ss work in pairs * While T calls on some Ss to write their Language focus answers (only the verb forms) Gap-fill T corrects *Answer key: a were performed T presents new words b was decorated/ put Ss repeat and say the meaning c is made d will be held e was awarded T asks Ss to look at language focus f was written on page 128 and 129 and fill in the Language focus gaps with the right form of the verbs *Answer key: in the box jumbled scattered Correcting broken pull broken T has Ss read the example and Language focus ( compound word) suggest Ss how to the exercise *Answer key: Ss rewrite the sentences Then give a It’s a fire-making contest the answer b It’s a pull-fighting festival T corrects if necessary c It’s a car-making industry d It’s a flower-arranging contest e It’s a rice-exporting country f It’s a clothes-washing machine T asks Ss to look language focus on Language focus page 130 and the exercise  Transformation drill *Answer key: b He said he could fix the faucets Correcting c He said the pipes were broken Ss rewrite the sentences, remember to d He said new pipes were very expensive keep the meaning unchanged e He said Mrs Thu had to pay him then Post (5 minutes) a The children said, “We are waiting for the school bus”  The children said … b Nobody has used this machine for years  This machine … c The last time I played tennis was in 1990  I haven’t … Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of the passive form, compound words and reported speech 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’ Prepare a next period V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:2/3/2013 Period :86 Further practice I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả luyện tập nhiều Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Past progressive tense (review) Kỹ năng: làm bài tập Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Review of the previous lesson: …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Exercise: change these sentences “ Please stop making noise ,” said Mrs Lan ->…………………………………………………………… “ Could you take these pictures to my room, Tan ?” asked Nga ->……………………………………………………………………… “ You should concentrate on your study at school ,” said the teacher ->……………………………………………………………………… “ Please post this letter for me ,” said Mom ->……………………………………………………………………… “Please give your parents your report card ,” said the teacher ->……………………………………………………………………… “You should spend more time doing your homework , Tam” said Mr Nam ->……………………………………………………………………… “ Could you help me with English speaking , Ba ?” asked Minh ->……………………………………………………………………… “ Can you wait for me here , Jerry ?” Told Tom ->……………………………………………………………………… 10 “ You should spend more time on English writing , Tim.” The teacher told Tim ->……………………………………………………………………… 11 Go out of here , children ,” The guard ordered ->……………………………………………………………………… 12 “ You should not make noise in here ” The teacher said ->……………………………………………………………………… 13 “ Can you carry these chairs into the house ?” Mrs Lan asked me ->……………………………………………………………………… 14 “ You should practice playing the guitar every day ” The teacher said ->……………………………………………………………………… 15 “ Please give the manager this document ” The man asked the secretary ->……………………………………………………………………… 16 “ Does your father work here ?” She asked ->……………………………………………………………………… 17 “ Do you live near your family , Tam ?” The teacher asked ->……………………………………………………………………… 18 “ Are you a foreigner ?” She asked ->……………………………………………………………………… 19 “ Are you in a hurry ?” She asked ->……………………………………………………………………… 20 “ Do you like having holidays abroad ?” He asked ->……………………………………………………………………… 21 “ Does your mother the housework , Hoa ?” Lan asked ->……………………………………………………………………… 22 Are you hungry , Lan ?” Nga asked ->……………………………………………………………………… 23 “ Does your sister write for the Morning Star ?” he asked ->……………………………………………………………………… 24 “ Would you pass my suitcase, please ?” he asked ->……………………………………………………………………… 25 “ You should go to bed early.” said Mom ->……………………………………………………………………… 26 “ Could you lend me this book , Tom ?” said Peter ->……………………………………………………………………… 27 “ I think it is going to rain tonight ” Bob said ->……………………………………………………………………… 30 Do many tourists visit Ha Long Bay every year , Mai?” asked Lan ->……………………………………………………………………… 31 “ Are you ready for the party , children ?” asked Mrs Lan ->……………………………………………………………………… 32.” You,d better ask his parents before doing this.” I advised him ->……………………………………………………………………… 33 “ I want to be a writer when I grow up ,” said Mary ->……………………………………………………………………… 34 “ If you want to learn English , I can help you ,” John said ->……………………………………………………………………… 35 “Where are you studying ?” Mr Bruce asked ->……………………………………………………………………… 36 Please call me at o,clock tomorrow morning ,” said Mai ->……………………………………………………………………… 37 “ Are you interested in this Language Center?” asked Lan ->……………………………………………………………………… 38 We will spend our holiday in Da Lat next month ,” said Mrs Linh ->……………………………………………………………………… 39 “ Do you live here ?” Liz asked ->……………………………………………………………………… 40 “ Where does your son want to learn ?” the man said to Mr Linh ->……………………………………………………………………… Củng cố(5’) T retell the main content 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Do exercises in the workbook V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:2/3/2013 Period :87 UNIT 14: WONDERS OF THE WORLD GETTING STARTED & LISTEN AND READ I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả tỡm thụng tin 2.kỹ năng:Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Passive forms, Present (revision), future Indirect questions with “ if” and “ whether” Question words before to – Infinitive Verb + to – Infinitive Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Ss change the sentences into indirect speech: a Tim said: “ I love Viet Nam” Tim said he loved Viet Nam b Liz said: “ I will visit Ha Long Bay.” Liz said she would visit Ha long Bay …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content T prepares some postcards or * Warm up pictures of the famous world Quiz landmarks or scene spots in Eg: Mount Bach Ma Vietnam  Suggestions: T shows the pictures, one by one, to It is a place in the Central Vietnam with Ss and asks them what place it is cold weather everyday of the year … T divides the class into teams, the Getting started team able to answer the question *Answer key: will get point a/ The Pyramid T gives Ss some suggestions to help b/ Sydney Opera House them easily recognize the place c/ Stone and Read T Informs the topic: wonders of the *Pre-reading world Ordering T has Ss look at the pictures on page A can only answer “yes” or “no” 131 and the matching * While-reading T checks if they know where/ in *Answer key: which country these wonders are a think of T sets the scene: Gap fill “Nga, Nhi and Hoa are playing a *Answer key: language game called guessing Game, Place, Clue, Vietnam game How does this game work? America, Golden Rearrange the statements in the Right, Was right order of the game” Grammar Awareness T puts the statements chart on the * Model sentences: board I don’t know how to play it T asks Ss to read the statements and Form: S + V + question word + to –inf put them in the right order Use: Reduced form of an indirect question T calls on some pairs to go to the Eg: I don’t know how I can play it board and write their answers how to play it T asks Ss to open their books and * Post read the dialogue on page 131, 132 Matching while listening to the tape/ play the A B tape Suggest T checks if Ss’ guesses are right or (v) not Golden T has Ss copy the statements in the (adj) right order Clue (n) Ss practice the dialogue bored T has Ss read the dialogue again and complete the summary (2) on page 132 *Answer key: T has Ss to compare their answers d c with their partners T corrects a a piece of information that helps you discover the answer to question b What you often feel when you have nothing to c made of gold d make a suggestion a b Củng cố(5’) Pair work: P join in “ Language games” P1 shows the picture of Mount Everest and asks P2 some questions: Student 1: Is it a river * Student 2: No, it’s a mountain 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Do exercises in the workbook Prepare: Unit 14: Speak + Listen V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:2/3/2013 Period :88 UNIT 14: WONDERS OF THE WORLD SPEAK & listen I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả tỡm thụng tin qua điều tra các hệ thống câu hỏi 2.kỹ năng:Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Indirect questions with if and whether Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note Ss play the guessing game: SS’ questions and answers …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content * Warm up T informs the topic and time limit Who is the faster? T has Ss write 10/15 famous world Speak: places within minutes Write yes/ No questions Ask and answer T delivers poster to Ss *Matching T tells Ss to put their posters on the 1/ It was designed and built by the French board civil engineer with 300 meters in height T gives feedback and corrects 2/ It is in South Central Asia, 8.848 meters high above sea level T puts the chart with the statements 3/ It was built from 246-209 BC and some on the board people say it can be seen from the moon T asks to read the statements and 4/ It is a bell striking the hours in the clock the names of the famous places in tower of the Houses of Parliament in London the box on page 133 and 5/ It is a skyscraper in Manhattan, New York matching City T checks if Ss understand the 6/ It is a famous place in Quang Binh statements Province recognize as a World Heritage by T calls on some pairs to give their Unessco answers *Practice T give feedback and correct Answer key: T asks Ss to write yes/no questions 1/ Eiffel Tower about 10 places in the box, using the 2/ Mount Everest information in the matching 3/ Great Wall of China 4/ Big Ben 5/ Empire State building USA T monitors and assist Ss if 6/ Phong Nha Cave necessary Questions and answer drill T has Ss ask and answer the Suggest: questions, check yes or no 1/ Have they just built the Eiffel Tower in T calls on a group to demonstrate Paris? their work 2/ Is the Empire State building located in New York City? T sets the scene 3/ Are the Petronas Twin Towers located in Ask a student: (Lan/ …) Malaysia? T: Is Hue Citadel in the Central 4/ Is the Great Barrier Reef in Australia? Vietnam 5/ Have you ever seen Mount Rushmore? S: Yes, it is 6/ Is Mount Everest in Nepal? T asks Ss to listen Talk about your classmates’ answers with T: I asked Lan if Hue Citadel was in your partner the Central Vietnam She said (that) Grammar drill it was Model sentences: T writes the statement on the board I said to Lan, “Is Hue Citadel in the T choose a group’s answers to Central Vietnam?” demonstrate the model (asking and reporting) report in front of the class T gives feedback and corrects T presents the new word Ss listen Then Ss read the new words (choral, individually) T sets the scene: “You are going to listen to an advertisement on the tape There are mistakes in the advertisement in your books” T has Ss read the advertisement in their books for a few minutes T asks Ss some questions about the geographical names in the paragraph (Yes/ No questiondirect speech) I asked if Hue Citadel was in Lan the Central Vietnam?” Form: S + V + O + if/where + S + V … * Ss’ answers Listen Listen and correct the mistakes New words *Answer key: Look no further beautiful far north Queensland Stay right on the beach at the Coconut Palm Hotel Take guided tours through the rainforest, swim in the crystalclear water of the Coral Sea and Snorkel amongst the coral of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park - a world Heritage Site Củng cố(5’) T gets one pair to demonstrate their dialog in front of the class T reviews the structure 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare a next period V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng - Ngày soạn:2/3/2013 Period :89 UNIT 14: WONDERS OF THE WORLD READ I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đọc hiểu và tỡm cỏc thụng tin cần thiết 2.kỹ năng:Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Past simple tense (review) Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Ss report these sentences: -Is Nha Rong Harbor in Southern Viet Nam?  I asked Dung… …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and Students’ Content activities T draws dashes on the board, each * Warm up dash is for a letter of the world  Hangman T has Ss guess the letters, one by (C ) (O) (R) (A) (L) one For every wrong guess, draw a line (from to 8), Ss will lose the game if they guess wrong times Elicit words from Ss Have Ss copy Revision: Coral, crystal-clear, snorkel, relaxing T asks Ss to decide if the *Pre-reading statements are true or false Pre-teach vocabulary T writes Ss’ guesses on the board T asks Ss to read the text on page New words: 134, to check their guesses + compile (v)  Slap the board While-reading  True/ False prediction T calls on some Ss to correct the An Egyptian man compiled a list of what false statements he thought were the seven wonders of the world The only surviving wonder is The Pyramid of Cheeps in Egypt Today, we can still see the Hanging Gardens of Babylon in present – day Iraq Angkor Wat was originally built to honor a Hindu God The Great wall of China a first wasn’t in the list of the wonders of the world T asks Ss to choose the best answers to complete the sentences T puts the answers chart on the board T/Ss Read the statements aloud and make hand gestures to show the missing words T asks Ss to choose A, B, C or D T corrects and has Ss write the right answers in their notebooks T draws the grid on the board and has Ss copy it T asks Ss to read the text again and fill in the grid with the information taken from the text In the early 15th century, the Khmer King chose Angkor War as the new capital *Answer key: F  A Greek man named Antipater did it T F  The only surviving wonder is the pyramid of Cheeps in Egypt T T F  In the early 15th century, the Khmer King chose Phnom Penh as the new capital  Multiple choice Answer key: a/ The only surviving wonder on Antipater’s list is the Pyramid of Cheops b/ Angkor Wat was originally built for Hindus c/ Angkor Wat was part of a royal Khmer city a long time ago d/ In the 1400s, the Khmer King chose Phnom Penh as the new capital *Post-reading  Grid Củng cố(5’) T reminds Ss of the most famous wonders of the world 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Do the exercises in the workbook Prepare: UNIT 14: Write V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng - Ngày soạn:2/3/2013 Period :90 UNIT 14: WONDERS OF THE WORLD WRITE I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả viết thư cho bạn 2.kỹ năng:Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Review Simple Present, Simple Past, Present Perfect tenses Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Ss read the text (page 134) and write new words on the board: compile, claim, honor, god, religion, royal …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and Students’ activities T asks Ss to think of one of the wonders of the world and write it on a piece of paper T calls on a student to the front of the class with his/ her paper T has the rest of the class ask him/ her yes-no questions to guess the wonder The student having the right guess will take the place of the last student T elicits words from Ss T gets Ss to copy T has Ss play the game T asks Ss to read the letter Tim sent to Hoa about his trip to the grand can you on page 135 T tells Ss to complete the letter by inserting the letters of the missing sentences (A, B, C and D) T calls on some Ss to read their completed letters in front of the class T gives feedback and corrects T sets the scene: “Image you have visited a place recently Write a letter to a friend of yours and tell him/ her about this place T draws the outline on the board and elicit some details T has Ss talk about something they Content * Warm up Guessing game: Wonders of the world * Pre-writing Pre-teach vocabulary +Canyon(n) +Ranger(n) +Edge(n) +Breathtaking(a) +Temperate(a)  Rub out and remember * While-writing  Insertion Answer key: C B D A  Writing + place (Phong Nha cave/ Cuc Phuong National park …) + Distance (100km/ 12 hours by train/ …) + How to get there (by bus/ plane/ …) + Sights (beautiful/ breathtaking/ …) + Weather (temperate/ sunny/ cool/ …) + How you feel (happy/ relaxed/ …) * Post-writing  Interview Where have you just visited? How far is it? How did you get there? What is it like?/ Is it beautiful? How about the weather/ How did you fell? have done first by asking questions for them to answer Củng cố(5’) T lets ss copy/complete the letter in their exercise book 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Do exercises in workbook Prepare: Unit 14: Language focus V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng - Ngày soạn:2/4/2013 PERIOD: 91 UNIT 14: WONDERS OF THE WORLD LANGUAGE FOCUS I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ôn luyện câu bị động, câu trực tiếp câu gián tiếp 2.Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Passive forms Indirect questions with if and where Question words before to infinitives Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giỏo viờn: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) T gives a sentence and has Ss change into the passive voice: We visited Mrs Quyen yesterday Mrs Quyen was visited yesterday …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content *Warm up: S + V-ed/ v3 + O S + was/ were + P.P (+ by O) * Presentation  Language focus 1: Answer key: a/ was completed b/ was constructed c/ was designed d/ was presented e/ was reached  Production  Language focus 2: *Answer key: b/ Nhi asked Nga if/ whether My Son was in Quang Nm province c/ Nhi asked Nga if it was far from HaNoi d/ Nhi asked Nga if many people lived at My Son e/ Nhi asked Nga if many tourist visited My Son every year f/ Nhi asked Nga if Nga wanted to visit My Son one day  Language focus 3:  S + V+ question word + to-inf *Answer key: a/ Nga told Nhi how to go there b/ Nga showed Nhi where to get tickets c/ Nga pointed out where to buy souvenirs d/ Nga advised Nhi how to go from My Son to Hoi An e/ Nga told what to there during the visit  Language focus 4: I want to go out at weekend To-infinitive She enjoys swimming very much V-ing He can speak many language T has Ss remind the passive form in the past simple Ss give the form T has Ss look at the exercise and choose the right verbs in the box for the gaps in sentences Ask Ss to complete the sentences with the right passive form of the verbs Call on some Ss to give their answers Give feedback and correct Set the scene “Yesterday, Nga and Nhi talked about My Son, one of the world cultural Heritage of Vietnam Beside answering some of Nhi’s questions, Nga gave her some additional information about My Son” T asks Ss to report what Nhi asked Nga, using reported speech T calls on some Ss to resay the use of the Indirect yes/ no questions on the board Model the first question and ask Ss to listen T calls on one student to read the question, another student read the reported sentence T gives feedback and corrects if necessary T goes on asking Ss to the rest questions orally with the same steps T calls on some Ss to go to the board and write the reported sentences T corrects and asks Ss to write the right answers in their notebooks T shows the word-cue chart on the board T models the first sentence and asks Ss to listen Modal verbs bare inf T checks if Ss recognize the model *Concept check sentence Forms: S + V + To-inf T asks one the student to say the next Use: Most of the verbs in English are sentence followed by a to-inf T gives feedback and corrects Form: S + V + V-ing T has Ss the rest of the exercise orally with the same steps T asks some Ss to go to the board and write complete sentences T gives feedback, corrects and has Ss copy Form: S + Modal verbs + bare inf Use: Modals: can, could, will, would, shall, should, may, might, must * The answer: (1) to jog, (2) go, (3) to gather, (4) to rain, (5) to reach, (6) to continue, (7) get Củng cố(5’) T has Ss ask their friends some Yes/ No questions and then reported them 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare: Review knowledge V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:2/4/2013 PERIOD: 92 REVISION I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ụn luyện lại các kiến thức đó học bài trước 2.Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: The past simple tense Passive voice in the past simple tense Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương phỏp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) T give sentences and has Ss put the verbs in the past simple or past progressive tenses:a Hoa (do) her homework at 7.30 last night b Yesterday, while we (have) dinner, Ba (come) Answer: a was doing b were having… came …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content T has Ss remind the formation and the * Warm up: usages of the past progressive tense a Formation: Ss remind the formation and the S + were/ was + V-ing usages of the past progressive tense b Usages: Expressing the action happening at a certain time in the past T gives exercise and has Ss it Expressing the action which was Ss complete the sentences Then give happening in the past and another action the answer on the board cut it * Presentation: Exercise 1: a Nam (play) soccer at 4.30 yesterday afternoon b While Mr Thanh (visit) the Statue of Liberty, Mrs Quyen (go) shopping c The phone (ring) while my father (read) d I (go) to the movies at o’clock last night e When she (come), we (watch) TV f Lan (write) a letter at last night g They (have) breakfast at 6.45 yesterday T corrects if necessary morning Answer: a was playing b was visiting… went c rang was reading d was going e came… were watching f was writing g were having S + V + O T gives another sentence and has Ss put the verb in the correct form T has Ss give the formation of the past simple Then change the sentence into the passive voice S + was/were + P.P (+by O) Exercise 2: a Ba invited Liz to the rice-cooking festival b Clement Clarke Moore wrote the poem in 1823 c Bell invented the telephone in 1876 d They built this building last year T gives exercise and has Ss it e They held the festival in the common Ss complete the sentences Then give house yard the answer on the board f Ba gave me a new pen Answer: a Liz was invited to the rice-cooking festival by Ba b Clement Clarke Moore wrote the poem was written in 1823 by Clement Clarke Moore c The telephone was invented by Bell in 1876 d This building was built last year e The festival was held in the common house yard f I was given a new pen by Ba T corrects if necessary Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of how to change from active form to passive form 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare: See Reported speech, Wh- word + To-infi V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:2/4/2013 PERIOD: 93 THE FOURTH ENGLISH TEST I MỤC TIấU: 1.Kiến thức: Sau Sau bài kiểm tra này giáo viên đanh giá mức độ nhận thức học sinh sau 14 bài học Kỹ năng: nghe, nói,đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh biết yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II PHƯƠNG PHÁP: Written test III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: đề bài, đáp án, biểu điểm Học sinh: giấy kiểm tra, giấy nhỏp IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(1’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend 2.Kiểm tra(1’) Kiểm tra chuẩn bị kiểm tra học sinh Bài mới(40’): I The matrix: Nhận biết Thụng hiểu Chủ đề TN TL TN TL I Language 10 Absent Vận dụng TN TL Note Tổng 10 focus II Reading 2.5đ 1.5đ 1,0đ 2.5đ III Writing IV Listening 2.5đ 2.5đ 2.5đ 2.5đ 2.5đ I- LANGUAGE FOCUS Choose the best option to complete the sentences.(2,5Ms) The Le family was sleeping the mailman came a when b what c how d which 2/ Jane saw her old friend while she the street a crossed b is crossing c was crossing d crosses 3/ I don’t know how the game a playing b to play c played d can I play 4/ The Hanging Gardens of Babylon is one of the of the world a buildings b walls c wonders d strangers Bao is forgetting his homework a sometimes b always c often d every day It’s a rice- contest a cook b to cook c cooks d cooking He said he could the faucets a fix b fixing c fixed d to fix Nhi asked Nga whether My Son in Quang Nam province a is b be c was d to be Sydney Opera House was in 1973 a complete b completed c to complete d completing 10 She watching TV at 8.30 last night a watched b was watching c watch d watches II Reading: Read the passage carefully and.(2.5ms) Vietnam’s New Year is celebrated according to the Lunar calendar It’s officially known as Tet Nguyen Dan, or Tet It begins between January twenty-first and February nineteen The exact date changes from year to year Vietnamese people usually make preparations for the holiday several weeks beforehand They tidy their houses, cook special food, clean and make offerings on the family altars On the New Year’s Eve, people sit up to midnight to see the New Year in, then they put on new clothes and give one another the greetings of the season Tet lasts ten days The first three days are the most important Vietnamese people believe that how people act during those days will influence the whole year As result, they make every effort to avoid arguments and smile as much as possible A True (T)or False(F)?(0.5m) Vietnam’s New Year is celebrated according to the Lunar calendar Vietnam’s New Year is known as Tet B- Answer the following questions:(2.0ms) 1- What Vietnamese people usually to prepare for Tet? 2- Do people sit up to midnight to see the New Year? 3- How long does Tet last? 4- Are the first three days the most important? III.Writing: Rewrite the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first (2,5m) 1- He said:"He is a worker? He said 2- Nhi asked Nga: " Is Phong Nha Cave in Quang Binh?" Nhi asked Nga 3- Nhi asked Nga:" Do you know My Son? Nhiasked Nga 4- Bell invented the telephone in 1876 Thetelephone 5- It is a contest in which participants have to make a fire It's a IV Listening: (2,5) Listen to the conversation and fill in the gaps 1- Mrs Robinson wants to go to the market 2- Mrs Robinson wants some marigolds because they are at Tet 3- Mrs Robinson wants Liz to buy a packet of dried melonwater d- Mrs Robinson is asking Mrs Nga how to spring rolls Củng cố(2’) GV thu bài 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(1’) Prepare a next period V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:2/4/2013 PERIOD: 94 UNIT 15: COMPUTERS GETTING STARTED & LISTEN AND READ I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nờu ý kiến núi đồng ý hay không đồng ý, đưa lời hướng dẫn 2.Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Review present perfect tense Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Review of the previous lesson: …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and Students’ Content activities *Warm up: Getting started T writes the topic on the board Brainstorm T asks Ss to think of the topic and Computers can help us: express their opinions + Save time … T collects Ss’ opinions and writes Suggestions: them on the board + Computers help us learn interestingly + Computers help us learn more quickly + Computers are convenient/ easy for T elicits words from Ss keeping/ sorting information T reads the new words + Computer are very quick in giving Ss repeat answers to our questions * Pre-reading:  Listen and read Pre-teach vocabulary T has Ss copy + printer (picture) + manual (explanation/ realia) T sets the scene: (a book coming with a machine tells you “Nam and his father, Mr Nhat are how to use/ operate the machine) talking about the problem of the + connect (hand gesture) computer they’ve just bought + guarantee (situation) What happens to the computer?” (The machine you buy at a shop will be T plays the tape under guarantee from to 12 months) Ss listen(open books) and repeat if + socket (picture/ realia) necessary Checking technique: Bingo * While-reading T puts the chart on the board and Practice the dialogue has Ss guess which statements are  True/ False prediction true and which are false The printer isn’t working Nam has already turned the computer on T calls on some pairs to give their Nam knows how to connect a printer but answers he hasn’t connected it properly The manual helped them to find out the problem T asks Ss to open their books, read Mr Nhat bought the computer in HCM the dialogue on page 138/ listen to City and it’s still under guarantee the tape Mr Nhat thinks the company wouldn’t T has Ss work in pairs again to anything with his computer because it’s check if their guesses are right or too far from his place not *Answer key: T gives feedback and corrects T T has Ss copy the corrected T sentences F  Nam knows how to connect a printer -T explains the words: “Fact and and he has connected it properly Opinion” F  Mr Nhat thinks it isn’t very helpful T F  Mr Nhat thinks the company should T gets Ss to read the statements something with it and check () the suitable boxes Fact or opinion? Check the boxes T calls on some Ss to give their  Reading comprehension answers +Fact: a thing that is known to be true, T has Ss copy especially when it can be proved +Opinion: your feeling or thoughts about someone or something, rather then a fact *Answer key Fact Opinion a/ ………………   b/ ……………   c/ ……… ……   d/ ……………   e/ … …………   f/ …… ………   Củng cố(5’) T asks Ss to use reported speech to rewrite the dialogue 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare: unit 15: Speak & listen V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng ********************************* Ngày soạn:2/4/2013 PERIOD: 95 UNIT 15: COMPUTERS SPEAK I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nờu ý kiến nói đồng ý hay không đồng ý, đưa lời hướng dẫn 2.Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ:expressions used in expressing & responding to opinions Vocabulary: time-consuming, challenging, entertaining, adjust Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Ss say how computers can help us: Computers save time Computers helps Ss learn more interestingly …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content * Warm up T asks Ss each to think of one of the Guessing game “Do you think that ways computers are helpful and write it …?” on a piece of paper T calls on a student to the front of the class “Do you think that computers are …?” T gets the rest of the class ask him/ her The student can only answer with yes or no *Presentation T tells Ss the one to have the right guess SPEAK will get one good mark and go on Brainstorm answering the classmates/ questions Opinion Agree Degree disagreeme ment of nt Agree T writes the topic on the board: useful ment expressions to express agreement and I like So I I disagree disagreement … I agree, I can’t T puts the table on the board and elicit I don’t I agree but … agree with Ss’ answers then write them in the table like … You’re Yes, you T explains the phrase “on the other hand” to Ss Get Ss to copy the table T puts the photocopied pictures (page 139) on the right of the board and the words cues on the left (not in order) T asks Ss to match the words with the pictures T calls on some Ss to go to the board to draw the matching lines I think right … Neithe I feel r I … I don’t believe but on the other hand *Practice Matching 1/ Reading comic books 2/ Playing in the rain 3/ Driving a car 4/ Foreign food *Answer key: 1/ b 2/ c 3/ a No, I think d  a  b  c  4/ d T erases the words but leaves the Picture drill pictures  Oral drill T gets a student to demonstrate the T: I think driving a car is easy model (a) P: I disagree I think it’s difficult to drive a car or so I entertaining (adj)làm vui lũng time-consuming: tốn nhiều thời gian T asks Ss to use the adjectives in the challenging: ['t∫ổlindʒiỗ] kớch thớch box on page 140 to express their + Suggestion opinions after going through the a Driving a car - Easy once we meaning of some new words Learning to drive get used to it a car - Challenging/ T asks Ss to use the pictures on the difficult to get board to practice speaking with their used to driving partners in traffic - Dangerous b Comic books - Boring T calls on some pairs to demonstrate for Reading comic - Interesting/ the class books fun T gives feedback and corrects Timeconsuming c Playing in the - Fun rain - interesting - Entertaining d Foreign food - Delicious Hamburgers, - Fun to cat pizza, French fries - Unhealthy Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of how to give opinions and the way to give responses 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare: unit 15: listen V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:2/4/2013 PERIOD: 96 UNIT 15: COMPUTERS LISTEN I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả nờu ý kiến núi đồng ý hay không đồng ý, đưa lời hướng dẫn 2.Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ:expressions used in expressing & responding to opinions Vocabulary: time-consuming, challenging, entertaining, adjust Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Ss say how computers can help us: Computers save time Computers helps Ss learn more interestingly …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content * Warm up T asks Ss each to think of one of the Guessing game “Do you think that ways computers are helpful and write it …?” on a piece of paper T calls on a student to the front of the class “Do you think that computers are …?” T puts the flow chart on the board and has Ss copy it into their exercise books T gets Ss to understand how events are sequenced in a flow chart and the meanings of all the shapes used in the chart T asks Ss to look at the flow chart and guess the words in the gaps T plays the tape (2 or times) and asks Ss to listen T tells Ss to fill the gaps with the information they have heard from the tape T has Ss compare the answers with their partners T gives feedback and corrects T has Ss copy LISTEN Pre-listening Pre-teach While-listening Gap fill Answer: a Do you have the correct change? b Yes c What you want to drink? d Take it Post T has Ss write a set of instructions on a/ Post-listening how to get a drink from a machine, Write it up using the flow chart T presents the dialogue and has Ss b/ Post-speaking repeat, sentence by sentence T calls on one student to demonstrate the dialogue I am having Open pair problems with … Closed pairs: Ss make similar dialogues It doesn’t work I referring the cues on page 140 (below think … the dialogue) to replace the information Oh! Sorry T puts the mapped dialogue chart on the board What’s wrong? No, You didn’t … Củng cố(5’) T asks Ss to use reported speech to rewrite the dialogue 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare: unit 15: READ V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng ***************************** Ngày soạn:2/4/2013 PERIOD: 97 UNIT 15: COMPUTERS READ I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả đọc hiểu và tỡm cỏc thụng tin cần thiết 2.Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ:Present perfect tense Vocabulary: related to computers Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Greeting and taking attendance: Review of the previous lesson: …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and students’ activities Content Pre-reading: T introduces the text and gives new * Vocabulary: words store (v) Ss copy them down requirement (n) freshman (n) T reads them carefully jack (n) Ss repeat Then read in individual restrict (v) hạn chế, giới hạn bulletin (n)/’bulitin/: thụng tin skeptical (adj)/’skeptikl/:hoài nghi T says the words in Vietnamese and Ss say the words in English Rub out and remember: While-reading: True or false Ss skim the text and check true or * The answer: false a T Ss discuss with friends Then give the b T answer c T d F e T f T T corrects if necessary Answer: a It has no library All the information T has ss skim the text again normally found in a library is now stored Ss skim the text in the university’s computers Ss work in pairs: ask and answer the b All the information normally found in questions a library or messages normally found on Ss ask and answer the questions to the a bulletin board rest of the class c A computer and a telephone line d With a bulletin board on the Internet, a T corrects if necessary great number of people can get access to the bulletin and exchange information quickly e Ss’ answer Ss say how computers can help us Post-reading: Ex: - Computers save time - Computers helps Ss learn more T asks some Ss: What you usually interestingly with your computers? - Computers are easy for keeping Ss answer information Ss’ answers Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of the computer’s uses 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare the next part: Write V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:4/4/2013 PERIOD: 98 CORRECTING THE FOURTH TEST I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả biết kết bài kiểm tra mỡnh, từ đó biết điểm mạnh phát huy,điểm yếu cố gắng 2.Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Grammar & vocabulary: review Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Review of the previous lesson: No checking …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and students’ activities Content II The answer: T reminds ss of the structures may use I Language focus: (2,5ms) in the exercise a c b c b T calls ss to check the answers d a c b 10 b Ss perform before class II Read:(2.5ms) T corrects A T Ss copy T T asks ss to read the text again 1- They tide their houses, cook Ss read the text speacial food, clean and make T has ss read the sentences below the offering on the family altars text carefully and explains if necessary 2- Yes, they T asks ss to check the sentences 3- Tet lasts ten days T calls ss to check the answers 4- Yes, they are T corrects III Writing: (2,5ms) He said he was a worker Nhi asked Nga if/whether Phong T reminds ss of “mind” in making Nha Cave was in Quang Binh requests, passive voice and participles Nhi asked Nga if/whether she Ss listen and rewrite the sentences knew My Son T calls ss to check the answers 4- The telephone was invented by T corrects Bell in 1876 T asks ss to listen again carefully 5- It's a fire-making contest T plays the cassette IV Listening: (2,5) Ss listen and complete 1- Mr Robinson/John/her husbanb T calls ss to check the answers flower Ss show the answers before class 2- traditional T corrects 3- seeds 4- make Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of the grammar notes given during the test and the two- period revision 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare a next period Unit 15 (Getting started + Listen and read) V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:4/4/2013 PERIOD: 99 UNIT 15: COMPUTERS WRITE I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả viết lời hướng dẫn làm việc gi đó 2.Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: imperatives Vocabulary: related to computers Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Greeting and taking attendance Review of the previous lesson: …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content Warm up: T asks Ss some questions Do you have a computer? Do you often use your computer? What Ss answer the questions for? Ss’ answers T presents the pictures on page 142 *Pre-writing: and introduces the exercise Match the words with the numbers in the T has Ss work in group: match the pictures words with the numbers in the * The answer: pictures a) – paper input tray Ss work in groups b) – monitor screen Ss give the answer c) – power button d) – icon e) – output path f) – paper T and Ss correct if necessary T presents the pictures on page 143 and introduces the exercise T has Ss work in group: Write the instructions on how to use the printer Ss work in groups: Write the instructions on how to use the printer Ss give the answer T and Ss correct if necessary T ask Ss some questions: point to the items in the pictures on page 142 Ss answer Ss use the instructions to answer the question While-writing * Write the instructions on how to use the printer * The instructions: Plug in the printer and turn on the power Remove the old paper and load new paper in the input tray Wait for the power button to flash Have the pages appear on the computer screen Click the icon on the screen and wait for a few seconds The printer paper will come out of the output path in a minute *Post-writing: What is it (1)? -> It is the monitor screen How can we use the printer? >Plug in the printer and turn on the power Củng cố(5’) T lets ss copy /complete the instructions 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare the next part: Language focus V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng Ngày soạn:4/4/2013 PERIOD: 100 UNIT 15: COMPUTERS LANGUAGE FOCUS I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ôn luyện câu trực tiếp, câu gián tiếp, câu bị động 2.Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: review Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Greeting and taking attendance Review of the previous lesson: …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and students’ activities T shows the flash cards and asks students to matching One student the matching T asks students to say what Ba has done and what he hasn’t done (Books open) Students look at their books and say Ba has already done his homework Ba has not tidied the room yet.- Ba has already turned off the washing machine- Ba has already called and told Aunt Le to have lunch T ticks or crosses on the flash card to show what Ba has already done T sets the scene: Ba’s mother has just been back from market She wanted him to some housework while she was at the market Ba made notes in his diary and checked the work he has done Look at Ba’s diary and complete the dialogue using YET and ALREADY T shows the transparency sheet of the dialogue and asks students to write the answers on the board Students write the answers on the board T corrects the answers and shows the dialogues with answers using a transparency sheet Content *Warm –up (books closed) NEW LESSON (Language Focus) Complete the dialogue using YET and ALREADY: Answer: Ba:…I have finished it already Ba: I haven’t cleaned and tidied it yet Ba: I have (already) turned it off already Ba: I’ve already called and told her to have lunch with us Work with a partner Ask and answer question about the flights (Exercise in the text looks) T: Has the flight to Vientiane departed yet? S: Yes, it has already departed T: Has the flight from Los Angeles arrived yet? S: No, it hasn’t arrived yet Read the sentences Check the correct column (exercise 3) Answer: Complete the dialogues Use the T asks ss to look at the flight present perfect or the past simple of information tables and asks questions the erbs in brackets (exercise 4) to show the modals Answer: T has students work in pairs asking Have…seen… and answering about the flights haven’t had * Pair - works T calls some pairs to practice before the class Some pairs practice before the class T asks students to read the sentences silently then check the correct column Students the task T corrects the answers with students T may ask students to translate some sentences to be sure they understand clearly have been Have…heard happened had fell broken Have….arrived …has (just arrived) …did…arrive …arrived… Production Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of the Present Perfect tense and the Past simple tense 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Review the present perfect and past simple tense V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng - Week: 34 Period: 95* UNIT 15: COMPUTERS LANGUAGE FOCUS + TEST 15' I Objectives: Practice: Present Perfect tense with “yet” & “already” Comparison of present perfect and past simple tense II Language contents: Grammar: “yet” and “already”, Present Perfect tense, Past simple tense Vocabulary: review III Techniques: Silent reading; Pair work; Questions – answers IV.Teaching aids: Chart; Flash card; Transparency sheets; Markers V Procedures: Greeting and taking attendance Review of the previous lesson: T checks ss’ knowledge about Present Perfect tense, Past simple tense: +How to use +The difference in use between YET and ALREADY New lesson: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content I Complete the sentences with the -T gives ss exercises Past simple or Present Perfect - Ss the exercises What you (learn) seen you (come)? How many new friends you (make)? I -T calls ss to complete the sentences hope you (meet, already) a lot of on the board interesting people Since classes began, I (have, not) - Ss go to the board and complete the much free time I (have) several big tests sentences to study for Last night my roommate and I (have -T corrects if necessary not) some free time, so we (go) to a - Ss copy show I admit that I (get) older since I (see) you, but with any luck at all, I (get, also) wiser Since the beginning of the twentieth century, medical scientists (make) many important discoveries Libraries today are different from those in 1800s for example, the contents of the libraries (change) greatly through the year In the 1800s, libraries (be) simply collections of books However, today most libraries (become) multimedia centers that contain tapes, computers Thank you for your very interesting message, which I (get) yesterday I (buy) this printer in September but it soon (develop) a fault.(khuyết điểm) –You (sell) this scanner yet? - My brother is asking about it He’d like to buy it 10 – You ever (be) to a computer exhibition? - Yes, I (be) there once I (go) there last year with my father II Each sentence has a mistake Find and correct it -T gives ss exercises and explains the My man and I have been married for requirement ten years - Ss the exercises I stayed with my aunt what lives in Paris -T calls ss to find the mistakes in the She was born in Barcelona, a city from sentences on the board Spain Tom has studied for three years - Ss go to the board and correct the tourism sentences I finished university with twenty-three years We’ve had this car since five years Where have you been on holiday last year? I am never boring when I learn English -T corrects if necessary Answer: - Ss copy I …have you learnt…came… …have you made ; …have already met… …haven’t had… ; have had… …didn’t have… ; …went… …have got… ; …saw… …have also got… …have made… …have changed… ; …were… ; … have become… …got… …bought…developed Have you sold / Did you sell… 10 Have you ever been… ….have been… …went… II man > husband what > who from > in Tom has studied tourism for three years with twenty-three years > when I was twenty-years old since > for have you been > Did you go boring > bored Consolidation: T reminds ss of the Present Perfect tense and the Past simple tense Homework: Prepare Unit 16: getting started & Listen and read TEST 15' I- Match a word in A with a word in B.(3.0Ms) A 1- screen a- chuột 2- computer b- máy in 3- printer c- ổ cắm 4- connect d- màn h́ nh 5- mouse e- máy vi tính 6- socket f- kết nối Your answer: 1- 2- B 3- 4- 5- 6- II- Fill in each gap with since, for, already or yet.(7.0Ms) 1- I’m hungry I haven’t eaten lunch ……………… 2- That’s a very old car I’ve had it ……………… a long time 3- She has come here …………………… August 4- I have ………………… seen this film 5- I expected the parcel an hour ago, but it hasn't come ………………… 6- We offer to help Tim with the bike but he has mended it 7- The children are still watching TV They haven't been to bed ANSWER KEY I- 1- d II- 1- yet 2- e 3- b 4- f 5- a 2- for 3- since 6- c 4- already 5- yet 6- already 7- yet - Week: 34 Period: 96 UNIT 16: INVENTIONS GETTING STARTED & LISTEN AND READ I Objectives: Ss can know the origin of paper and talk about the process of producing something II Language contents: Grammar: passive voice of simple past and simple present tense Vocabulary: (v) Remove, crush, liquefy, grind, manufacture (n) Process, mold III Techniques: Slap the board, matching, grid, open prediction, quiz IV Teaching aids: cassette, pictures (147-148), grid chart V Procedures: Greeting and taking attendance Review of the previous lesson: Ss give the formation of: - The present perfect: S + have/ has + P.P - The past simple: S + V-ed/v2 New lesson: Teacher’s and students’ activities -T divides the class into teams -T tells Ss the team raising their hands first (after the teacher finishes the question) will have the right to answer the question -Inform the questions: “Who was the inventor of ………?” or “Who invented ………………?” Content * Warm up:  Quiz – Who did it? Suggestions 1/ Steam engine  Thomas Savery built the first steam engine in 1698 and later Watt improved it 2/ Light bulb  Humphry Davy, an English scientist, in 1800 3/ Sewing machine  Isaac Meritt Singer (1850) 4/ Aqalung  Jacques  Yves Cousteau in 1943 5/ Telephone  A Graham Bell * Pre-reading Getting started -T gets Ss to look at the pictures on page 147 and asks them some questions to evaluate how much they Suggestions: understand the pictures -Where are they from? (picture a, b, c, e) -What is the man in picture (a) doing? -What is it? (d) -T asks Ss to read the sentences (A  E) and match them with the correct pictures *Answer key: -T calls on some Ss to give their A b D a answers B c E d -T gives feedback and corrects C e Listen and read 1,2 Pre-teach vocabulary -Elicit words from Ss - (to) remove use a flowchart - (to) crush and Vietnamese - (to) liquefy to elicit words - (to) grind  to grind –ground – ground -T has Ss copy - (to) manufacture = (to) produce (Use the flowchart to explain the word) - (a) process  manufacturing process -T puts the English words all over the - (a) mold (realia/ picture …) board - conveyor belt (picture) *Checking technique: Slap the board -T calls on Ss or teams of 4/5 Ss in both sides of the class to the front of the class -T calls out the Vietnamese words and Ss run forward to slap the English words on the board -Ss who slaps the right word first is the winner and gets a point for his/ her  Open prediction team -T sets the scene: “Tim Jones, Hoa’s American pen pal, is visiting a chocolate factory with his class and his teacher Mrs Allen Now, guess who will show them around the factory and what they will learn from this visit: -Write the Ss’ predictions on the board -T plays the tape and asks Ss to listen while reading the dialogue on page 148 -T asks Ss to match the half sentences on page 149 -T has Ss compare their answer with their pictures -T calls on Ss to give their answers for the class -T gives feedback and correct -T gets Ss to write the full sentences in their exercise notebooks * While-reading Matching *Answer key: E a/ The beans are cleaned before being cooked D b/ Mr Roberts thought Tim and Sam were going to touch the button C c/ After cooking, the cocoa bean smell like chocolate F d/ Sugar is one of the ingredients in chocolate B e/ Mrs Allen warned Sam to leave some chocolate for others A f/ A sample of chocolate is given after visitor have toured the fact4 Postreading Grid CHOCOLATE -T puts the grid on the board and has MANUFACTURING PROCESS Ss copy -T asks Ss to read the dialogue again *Answer key: and fill in the grid 1/ The beans are washed, weighed and cooked 2/ The shells are removed 3/ The beans are crushed and liquefied 4/ Cocoa butter, sugar, vanilla and milk -T calls on some pairs to go to the are added board to write their answers 5/ The mixture is ground, rolled and -T gives feedback and correct pound into the molds Consolidation: -T divides the class into groups of six - Groups describe manufacturing process of something they know - T chooses one group to report its ideas *Ss use the content of the dialogue if they cannot describe any manufacturing process they know Homework: Rewrite the grid using sequence markers: first, next, then,…finally Prepare Unit 16: Speak & Listen -Date: Signature: Week: 35 Period: 97 UNIT 16: INVENTIONS SPEAK & LISTEN I Objectives: Ss can talk about the inventions using the passive II Language contents: Grammar: Simple present tense, past simple tense (review) Vocabulary: (n) Facsimile, reinforced concrete, microphone, X-ray, loudspeaker, helicopter III Techniques: Bingo, question and answer IV Teaching aids: Table of inventions (page 150) V Procedures: Greeting and taking attendance Review of the previous lesson: Ss rearrange these sentences as they appear in the dialogue a Mr Roberts advices students not to touch the button b Mr Roberts shows the children the first step In the manufacturing process c The children want to test some chocolate Key: b-a-c New lesson: Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content I Speak: Pre-teach vocabulary 1/ Facsimile -T has Ss study the meanings of the 2/ Reinforced concrete inventions using Vietnamese 3/ Microphone 4/ X-ray 5/ Loudspeaker 6/ Helicopter Grammar Awareness -T asks Ss to read the dialogue on page 148 again and pick out all of the passive sentences -T calls on Ss to give their answer -T has Ss review the passive in the present and past simple tenses (n) *Answer key: 1/ This is where the cocoa beans are stored (present simple) 2/ That button can not be touched (passive with model) 3/ The beans are washed, weighed and cooked here 4/ After the shells are removed … into -T has Ss to read the model dialogue molds on page 149 Word-cue drill -T lets Ss know what they are going to do: ask and answer questions about the inventions to fill in the 1/ T: What was invented by Friedrich missing information Koenig? -T ask Ss to look at the tables on S: Printing Press page 150 and 156 and model the T: When was it invented? exchanges, using a good student S: In 1810 S: Where was Koenig from? T: He was from Germany 8/ S: What was invented by C.W.Rice in 1924? -T has Ss work in pair, one looks at T: Loudspeaker the table on page 150 and the other S: Where is C.W.Rice from? page 156 T: The USA -T asks Ss to ask and answer the questions orally the fill in the missing information -T monitors and helps Ss if necessary -T calls on some pairs to demonstrate the exchanges *Answer key: -T gives feedback and corrects -T has Ss copy the complete table INVENTION Printing Press Bicycle Facsimile Sewing machine Reinforced concrete Microphone X-ray Loudspeaker Helicopter Color television Optical fiber DATE 1810 1816 1843 1845 1849 1878 1895 1924 1939 1950 1955 INVETOR Friedrich Koenig Karl D Sanerbronn Alexander Bain Elias Howe F.J Monier D.E Hughes Wilhelm Konarad C.W.Rice Igor Sikorsky Peter Carl Goldmark Narinder Kapany NATIONALITY German German English American French American German American American American German II Listen: -Elicit words from Ss * Pre-listening Pre-teach vocabulary + procedure (n) (translation) + pulp (nu) (question) (What is used to make paper?) + vat (n) (picture/ drawing) + drain (v) (explanation) (to make sth empty or dry by removing all the liquid from it) + roller (n) (picture) -T elicits words from Ss and writes + roll (n) (realia) them inside circles Checking technique: What and where -T gets Ss to repeat and rub out the word, not the circle -Continue until the circle is empty -T gets Ss to repeat the rubbed out words by pointing at the empty circles -When Ss seem to remember all the words, ask Ss (5/6 at a time) to come to the blackboard to fill in the circles with the right words -T informs the topic: paper-making process -T has Ss read the sentences -T plays the tape or times and ask Ss to fill in the gaps with the words they catch -T asks Ss to compare their answer with their partners -T calls on Ss to give their answers -T gives feedback and corrects -T asks Ss to read the sentences (a g) carefully and guess the order -T writes the Ss’ predictions on the board -T plays the tape again and ask Ss to listen -T calls on Ss to give their correction -T gives feedback and corrects Procedure Vat Roller * While-listening Gap fill *Answer key: simple same two hundred Pulp Drain Roll left rollers * Post-listening Ordering prediction *Answer key: c/ Paper pulp was placed in the vat d/ Paper pulp was mixed with water a/ The water was drained e/ The pulp fibers were poured out g/ The pulp was conveyed under the rollers Consolidation: * A student acting as “caller” has the pile of separate pictures of invention, and offer each one in random order, using the questions When was the laser invented? And Who was the laser invented by? The group which possesses the item “laser” answer The laser was invented by Gordon Gould in 1958 And makes a tick beside the item on the sheet The winter is the first group to cover all its sheets Homework: -Use the information in the table to write 12 complete sentences in the … -Prepare: Unit 15: Read Comments: ***** Week: 35 Period: 98 UNIT 16: INVENTIONS READ I Objectives: Ss can fill in the gaps and order sentences II Language contents: Grammar: Past simple tense (review) Vocabulary: (n) Microwave, vacuum, toaster III Techniques: Brainstorm, bingo, gap-fill, matching IV Teaching aids: cassette, sub-board V Procedures: Greeting and taking attendance Review of the previous lesson: No checking New lesson: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content -T has Ss read the model dialogue * Warm up on page 149 -T lets Ss know what they are T: What was invented by Friedrich going to do: ask and answer Koenig? questions about the inventions S: Printing Press T: When was it invented? S: In 1810 S: Where was Koenig from? T: He was from Germany -T elicits words from Ss or writes * Pre-reading them on the board Pre-teach vocabulary: Brainstorm -T has Ss copy Microwave -T gets Ss to brainstorm a list of 10 new words and write them on the Household appliances board -T asks Ss to choose any 4/5 words and copy them into their paper -T calls out the words until someone has ticked all of their words and shout “Bingo” and wins 1/ Microwave (n) 2/ Vacuum (n) 3/ Toaster (n) Checking techniques: Bingo Suggested words: microwave, vacuum, hairdryer, dishwasher, telephone, toaster, washing machine … While-reading Matching -T gets Ss some questions to help them understand the reading more + What’s the 1st verse about? + Is the 2nd verse about the appliances used in the kitchen? + What are “doom, chugga-chug, vroom, boom”? -T has Ss match the headings to the verses on page 152 -T calls on Ss to give their answers *Answer key: -T gives feedback and corrects +Verse 1: b Appliances that cook food +Verse 2: c Appliances that clean or dry things +Verse 3: a Instrument invented by Alexander Graham Bell Post-reading -T tells Ss to read the sentences Gap-fill carefully and fill in the gaps with the inventions taken from the poem -T has Ss compare their answers with their partners *Answer key: -T calls on Ss to give their answer 1/ Vacuum 4/ and corrects Microwave 2/ Telephone 5/ Hair dryer 3/ Washing machine 6/ Toaster Consolidation: T reminds ss of the Past simple tense Homework -Do exercises in the workbook -Prepare: Unit 16: Write Comments: ***** Week: 35 Period: 99 UNIT 16: INVENTIONS WRITE I Objectives: Ss can use the sequence markers to describe a manufacturing II Language contents: Grammar: passive voice 2.Vocabulary: words relating to papermaking III Techniques: Jumble words, rub out and remember, gap fill IV Teaching aids: pictures (p.153), cardboards V Procedures: Greeting and taking attendance Review of the previous lesson: No checking New lesson: Teacher’s and students’ activities Content -T puts the cardboards with jumbles * Warm up words on the board Jumble words -T informs the topic: words relater to papermaking procedure lppu = -T asks each group to write their answer on a piece of paper to hand in llreor morever = = = Darni ver = Berif ver = *Answer key: 1/ pulp 2/ roller 4/ drain 5/ fibre 3/ remove -T elicits words from Ss * Pre-writing WRITE Pre-teach vocabulary + (a) log (drawing/ explanation) (a thick piece of wood that is cut from a tree) + flatten (v) (translation) (to make sth become flat) -T asks Ss to close their books + chemically (adv) (translation) -Rub out the new English words (one (treat in chemical process) at a time), point to the Vietnamese Checking techniques: Rub out and words and ask Ss “what’s this is remember English?” -when all the English words are rubbed out, go through the Vietnamese list and get Ss to call out the English words -T asks Ss to read the text on page 152 and fill in the gaps with the right sequence markers to describe the procedure of paper-making -T asks Ss some question to check if they understand the text Gap fill + What is cut into chips? + What are chips mixed with before they are crushed to heavy pulp? + Why is the passed through rollers? + What is the last step in papermaking? -T calls on some Ss to read the *Answer key: complete sentences 1/ First 4/ After this -T gives feedback and correct 2/ Then 5/ Then 3/ Next 6/ Finally WRITE Ordering pictures -T has Ss look at the picture on page 153 -T asks Ss to think of the process of chocolate making and put the pictures in the correct order d The fruit harvest is fermented -T calls on some pairs to give their for to days to kill the beans answers and turn them brown -T asks Ss to listen to check if their a The beans are dried in the sun answers are correct or not e The beans are cleared in -Ss read the statements aloud special machines c The beans are roasted to bring out the chocolate flavor b They are shelled and ground to -T gives feedback and corrects produce chocolate liquor f The liquor is made into chocolate candy or cocoa powder *Answer key: 6–2–4–1–5–3 * While-writing Write -T asks Ss to rearrange the sentences on page 153 according to the ordered pictures -T calls on Ss to give their answer *Answer key: 1/ d 2/ a 3/ e 4/ c 5/ b 6/ f -T has Ss use the sequence makers to link the sentences together in a paragraph -T monitors and assist Ss if necessary -T calls on some Ss to read their * Post-writing writing for the class Word cue drill (language focus 4) -T gives feedback and corrects -T has Ss copy -T asks Ss to use the pictures and the word cues on page 155 to write a description of how white rice is produced in the traditional way, using the sequence markers -T has Ss complete the sentences orally first -T asks Ss to write the paragraph in their exercises notebook -T monitors while Ss are writing and helps if necessary -T calls on some Ss to read their writing -T gives feedback and corrects *Answer key: First, the rice crop is harvested Then the rice plants are threshed (to separate the grains from the straw) Next (after this), the rice grains are husked in the mill to produce brown rice After this, the bran is removed in the mortar and it is finally winnowed to produce white rice Consolidation: T reminds ss of the Passive forms Homework -Do exercises in workbook -Prepare: Unit 16: Language focus Comments: Date: Signature: ***** Week: 36 Period: 100 UNIT 16: INVENTIONS LANGUAGE FOCUS I Objectives: Ss can change active sentences into passive ones and write Wh-questions in the passive II Language contents: 1-Grammar: Passive forms, sequence markers 2-Vocabulary: (v) run a business/ company (translation) around the corner = very near due to = because of (n) floor, zipper III Techniques: Pelmanism, slap the board IV Teaching aids: cardboards V Procedures: Greeting and taking attendance Review of the previous lesson: No checking New lesson: Teacher’s and students’ activities -T informs the topic: infinitive – past * Warm up participle Pelmanism -T divides the class into teams Content -T has Ss copy -T puts the English words all over the board -T calls on Ss or teams of 4/5 Ss in both sides of the class to the front of the class -T calls out the Vietnamese translation and Ss run forward to slap the English words on the board -The student slapping the right word first is the winner and gets one point for his/ her team Infinitive Write Draw Sell Win Run Past participle Written Drawn Sold Won Run * Presentation LANGUAGE FOCUS I Pre-teach vocabulary 1/ run a business/ company (translation) 2/ around the corner = very near 3/ due to = because of 4/ floor (n) (situation) 5/ zipper (realia) 6/ xerography (translation) Checking technique: slap the board Run a business Zipper Around the corner Xerography -T has Ss review how to change an Due to Floor active sentences into a passive one -T has Ss to exercise on page 154 -T calls on some Ss to give their Practice answers orally for the class Language focus 1: -T gets some Ss to go to the board and write the sentences *Answer key: -T gives feedback and corrects a/ The document was typed by (Mrs Quyen) b/ The computer was repair (by Mr.Nhan) c/ The picture was drawn (by Ba) d/ The flights were turned off (by Hoa) -Have Ss exercise e/ The cake was baked (by Lan) -Ask Ss to compare their answers -Call on some Ss to give their answers  Language focus 2: orally then ask them to go to the board and write the sentences -Give feedback and correct *Answer key: a/ … was awarded b/ … won … c/ … ran … -Have Ss to exercises d/ … was run … / was sold … -Go through the underlined words with f/ … was closed (or closed) … Ss before have them write questions  Language focus 3: -Get some Ss to give their answers in Eg: front of the class a/ The zipper  what b/ Maize  what in the 16th century  when -Give feedback and correct c/ by Lewis Waterman  who in 1884  when d/ in Hungary  where e/ in copying machines  in which machine *Answer key: a/ What was invented by W.L Judson in 1893? b/ What was brought in to Viet Nam by Phung Khac Khoan? When was maize brought into Vietnam? d/ Where was the ball point pen invented? - T asks ss to use the pictures and the e/ In which machine is xerography word cues on page 155 to write a widely used? description of how white rice is  Language focus 4: produced in the traditional way, using the sequence markers - T has ss complete the sentences Answer key: orally first First, the rice crop is harvested Then - T asks ss to write the paragraph in the rice plants are threshed Next their exercise notebook (After this), the rice grains are - T monitors while ss are writing and husked in the mill to produce brown helps if necessary rice After this, the bran is removed - T calls on some ss to read their in the mortar and it is finally writing winnowed to produce white rice - T gives feedback and corrects Consolidation: T reminds ss of the passive forms and the sequence markers Homework -In Language focus 1,2: Turn the sentences into active if possible - See: Grammar notes from Unit to unit 10 Comments: ***** Ngày soạn:4/4/2013 PERIOD: 101 REVISION I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ôn luyện lại các kiến thức đó học 2.Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Use can, could, will, would to make requests, offers, and promise Review future simple In order to, so as to Passive in future simple / passive forms Adjectives followed by –an infinitive / a noun clause Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Review of the previous lesson: No checking Attend Absent Note …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and Students’ activities Content in order to / so as to T asks ss to go to the board and write In order to / so as to + V( bare – the form inf ) Ss go to the board and write the form *express a purpose T corrects and remarks Ex: He’s going to get to work earlier T gives examples in order to impress the boss Ss notice and copy He’s going to work harder in order to achieve more The trees were planted along the street in order to reduce traffic noise We crept up the stairs in order to not to wake Jane T asks ss to go to the board and write Modal will to make requests, the form offers and promises Ss go to the board and write the form T corrects and remarks T gives examples Requests: Ss notice and copy Will/Would you + V…? Answer: +) Sure/OK/Alright -) Sorry, I can’t/I’m afraid not T asks ss to go to the board and write the form Ss go to the board and write the form T corrects and remarks T gives examples Ss notice and copy Offers: Will/Won’t you have…? Answer: +) Yes, please/That would be nice -) No, thank you Promises: I will…… I promise I promise I’ll I promise I won’t Answer: Ex: Will/Would you (please) open the door for me? (promise) Will you carry that packet for me? (offer) He will pass his coming exam He promises (promise) Passive in future simple/present simple : Form : S + will / shall + be + past participle S + am/is/are + PP Ex: Coffee is grown in Kenya The letter will be written (by me) The man was eaten by the shark * Adjective + to infinitive : T asks ss to go to the board and write Form : It + be + adjective + to the form infinitive Ss go to the board and write the form * Adjectives + that / noun clause : T corrects and remarks Form : S + be + Adj + that / noun T gives examples clause Ss notice and copy Ex: He was foolish to leave the company You must be stupid to ask for money He’s eager to help us in any way he can I am glad that you want to know more about 3R Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of the structures above 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) See: Grammar notes from Unit 11 to unit 12 V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng ******************* Ngày soạn:4/4/2013 PERIOD: 102 REVISION I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ụn luyện lại các kiến thức đó học 2.Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: review: ed and –ing participles; “mind” in making requests; Past progressive; Progressive with “always” Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Review of the previous lesson: No checking …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and students’ activities Content T asks ss to go to the board and write 1.”-ed” and “–ing” participles the form a “-ed” participle Ss go to the board and write the form Form : T corrects and remarks Regular verb-ed past T gives examples Irregular verb - Column Ss notice and copy participle Use: A past participle (phrase) can be used as an adjective to qualify a noun with passive meaning Ex: The decisions made at today’s meeting will affect all of us T asks ss to go to the board and write b “-ing” participle the form Form : V-ing  present participle Ss go to the board and write the form Use: A present participle (phrase) T corrects and remarks can be used as an adjective to T gives examples qualify a noun with active meaning Ss notice and copy Ex: The man sitting next to Ba is my father *Note: some adjectives also end in – ing or –ed These can be explain as follow: -adjectives ending in –ing: describe the effect that something has on someone’s feeling and process or state that continues over a period of time T asks ss to go to the board and write -adjectives ending in –ed describe the form people’s feeling Ss go to the board and write the form “mind” in making requests T corrects and remarks Form: T gives examples Would you mind if + S +V(2/ed) ? Ss notice and copy Would you mind + V-ing…? Do you mind if+S+V(bare infi./-es/s).? Do you mind + V-ing…? Ex: Would you mind if I opened the door? T asks ss to go to the board and write Past progressive the form Ss go to the board and write the form T corrects and remarks T gives examples Ss notice and copy Form: +) S + was/were + V-ing…? -) S + wasn’t/weren’t + V-ing…? ?) Was/ Were + S + V-ing…? Yes, S +was/were No, S + wasn’t/weren’t *Yesterday, ago, last (week, month, …) are usually used T asks ss to go to the board and write *Past progressive + when + past the form simple Ss go to the board and write the form *Past simple + while + past T corrects and remarks progressive T gives examples having a bath Ss notice and copy Progressive with “always” Form: S + be(present form) + always + Ving Use: to express a complaint Ex: You are always talking in class Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of the structures above 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) See: Grammar notes from Unit to unit 15 V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng *************************** Ngày soạn:4/4/2013 PERIOD: 103 REVISION I MỤC TIấU 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả ôn luyện lại các kiến thức đó học 2.Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: review: passive form, compound words, reported speech Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: Tranh ảnh, băng đài Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Review of the previous lesson: No checking …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ Teacher’s and students’ activities Content Passive form T asks ss to go to the board and write Form: S + be + PP the form *How to change from active to Ss go to the board and write the form passive T corrects and remarks Active: S + V + O T gives examples Ss notice and copy Passive: S + be + pp + (by O) Note: The verb in the active form and be in the passive form must be put in the same tense T asks ss to go to the board and write Ex: My car was repaired yesterday Compound words the form Ss go to the board and write the form Form: noun + V-ing Ex: rice – cooking T corrects and remarks Fire-making T gives examples … Ss notice and copy Reported speech T asks ss to go to the board and write Form: reported speech with questions: the form Ss go to the board and write the form S + asked/wondered + O +if/whether T corrects and remarks +S+V+… T gives examples Ss notice and copy Ex: “Does your father work here?” she asked -She asked if my father work there “Are you in a busy?” He asked T asks ss to go to the board and write -He asked if I was in a busy the form Ss go to the board and write the form Report direct speech S + said + S + V (past form vs the T corrects and remarks T gives examples Ss notice and copy verb tense) Ex: Sailly said: “I’m going to the bookshop.” -Sailly said she was going to the bookshop Mai told us: “It’s going to rain.” -Mai told us it was going to rain T asks ss to go to the board and write the form Ss go to the board and write the form T corrects and remarks T gives examples Ss notice and copy Report an advice S + said + S + should + V… Ex: My mother said: “ You shouldn’t stay up late because it is harmful to Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of the structures above 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) See: Grammar notes from Unit to unit 15 V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng ************************* Ngày soạn:4/4/2013 PERIOD: 104 THE SECOND SEMESTER EXAMINATION I MỤC TIấU: 1.Kiến thức: Sau Sau bài kiểm tra này giáo viên đanh giá mức độ nhận thức học sinh sau 14 bài học Kỹ năng: nghe,đọc, viết Thái độ: Học sinh biết yêu thích môn học và học tập tích cực II PHƯƠNG PHÁP: Written test III CHUẨN BỊ Giáo viên: đề bài, đáp án, biểu điểm Học sinh: giấy kiểm tra, giấy nhỏp IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(1’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend 2.Kiểm tra(1’) Kiểm tra chuẩn bị kiểm tra học sinh Absent Note Bài mới(40’): Nhận biết TN TL I Language 10 focus 2.5đ Chủ đề II Reading Thụng hiểu TN TL Tổng 10 2.5đ 2.5đ III Writing IV Listening Vận dụng TN TL 2.5đ 2.5đ 4.0đ 2.5đ 2.5đ 2.5đ 25 10đ 10 2.5đ 1.0đ 2.5đ III The content of the test I Language focus Circle the letter a, b, c or d before the best answer to complete the following sentences (2.5m) She look very busy when I …her last night a see b seeing c was sing d saw This picture…by a well-know artist a paints b was painted c was painting d is painting I still can’t believe it My motorbike…last night a stolen b stole c was stilling d was stolen Paper…in China a was first produced b is first produced c produced first d produces first A new bridge…near my village next year a is built b is building c has been built d will be built Could you please tell me how…a sticky rice cake? a to make b is making c make d to be made I asked Mai…the Great Barrier Reef was a Would Heritage Site a that b whether c which d as Lam promised…with us in London a to keep in touch b to meet c to contact d to see My teacher advised me…harder a to try b to work c to remember d to know 10 Lan showed me where the souvenirs a buying b to buy c bought d buy II Reading Read the passage carefully, the decide whether the statements are true(T) or false (F) (2.5m) The Statue of Liberty, once one of the first sights to welcome immigrants to the United States arriving in New York by ship, continues to be a symbol of freedom and a favorite tourist attraction Liberty stands more than 93 m tall on Liberty Island in New York harbor The statue, designed by the French sculptor Frederic Bartholdi, was presented to the United States by France in 1876, the first centennial of US independence From Britain 1. The Statue of Liberty, once one of the first sights to welcome immigrants to the USA _It is a symbol of friendship and a favorite tourist attraction _It is 93 m tall _It was designed by the French Artist 5. It was the present from France in 1876 III Writing Report these sentences (2.5m) “Are you hungry?” -She asked us “I can speak two languages” -Nga said “Did you learn English last year?” -He asked “You should get up earlier” -My mother advised me “Where is the post office?” -Minh asked his friend IV Listening Listen to the conversation and fill in the gaps The Robinson family are making preparations for Tet a) Mrs Robinson wants……………………(1) to go to the…………………… (2) b) Mrs Robinson wants some marigolds because they are………………… (3) at Tet c) Mrs Robinson wants Liz to buy a packet of…………………….(4) d) Mrs Robinson is asking Mrs Nga how to ……………………(5) spring roll Củng cố(2’) GV thu bài 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(1’) Prepare a next period V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng ************************************* Ngày soạn:4/4/2013 PERIOD: 105 I MỤC TIấU CORRECTING THE SECOND SEMESTER EXAMINATION 1.Kiến thức: Sau học xong bài học này học sinh có khả biết kết bài kiểm tra mỡnh, từ đó biết điểm mạnh phát huy,điểm yếu cố gắng 2.Trọng tõm ngụn ngữ: Grammar & vocabulary: review Thái độ: Học sinh biết yờu thớch mụn học và học tập tich cực Tiếng Anh II PHƯƠNG PHÁP Phương pháp giao tiếp III CHUẨN BỊ Giỏo viờn: đáp án Học sinh: sỏch, ghi IV TIẾN TRèNH BÀI GIẢNG: Ổn định tổ chức(2’) Date Class 8A 8B Period Attend Absent Note 2.Kiểm tra(12’) Review of the previous lesson: No checking …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Bài mới(22’ I Language focus Circle the letter a, b, c or d before the best answer to complete the following sentences (2.5m) d saw b was painted d was stolen a was first produced d will be built a to make b whether a to keep in touch b to work 10.b to buy (0.25m per each each correct answer) II Reading Read the passage carefully, the decide whether the statements are true(T) or false (F) (2.5m) T F T F T (0.5m per each each correct answer) III Writing Report these sentences (2.5m) She asked us if/whether I was hungry Nga said she could speak two languages He asked if/whether I learn English the year before My mother advised me to get up earlier Minh asked his friend where the post office was (0.5m per each each correct answer) IV Listening Listen to the conversation and fill in the gaps The Robinson family are making preparations for Tet a) (1) Mr Robinson (2) Flower market b) (3) Traditional c) (4) Dried watermelon seeds d) (5) Make (0.5m per each each correct answer) Củng cố(5’) T reminds ss of the grammar notes given during the test and the two- period revision 5.Hướng dẫn nhà(4’) Prepare a next period Unit 15 (Getting started + Listen and read) V RÚT KINH NGHIỆM GIỜ DẠY ………………………………………………………………………………………… Duyệt tổ chuyờn mụn Lê Đỡnh Lượng ****************************************